You are on page 1of 329

Sven Lang

Roland Schmid
ASM ERP
SAP AG SAP Enhancement Package 4
for SAP ERP 6.0
Details

VERSION 1.1 -

04th December 2008

Please use this a guidance for EhP4 content and as an early
education and information at your discretion.

Check the service marketplace:
http://service.sap.com/erp-ehp for updates and more
information regularly.

For feedback and comments please contact Sven Lang or
Roland Schmid

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 2

1 Legal disclaimer
This document is not subject to your license agreement or any other agreement with SAP. SAP has no
obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this document or to develop or release any
functionality mentioned in this document. This document and SAP's strategy and possible future
developments are subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice.
This document is provided without a warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not
limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement.
SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document, except if such damages were caused
by SAP intentionally or grossly negligent.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 3

2 Instructions how to read this document

Purpose of this document
This document provides you an overview about all new capabilities delivered with SAP Enhancement
Packages 4 for SAP ERP.

How to navigate
This document is structure by
■ solution area ■ key capability or industry ■business functions or ES bundles ■ feature

Example:
1 ANALYTICS -> Level 1: Functional Area according to Solution Map
1.1 FINANCIAL ANALYTICS -> Level 2: Key capability according to Solution Map or Industry
1.1.1 REPORTING FINANCIALS 2
(BF: FIN_REP_SIMPL_2 - EHP: 4) -> Level 3: Business Function
1.1.1.1 Simplified reporting for Closing -> Level 4: Feature

A business functions is marked with an technical name for example BF: FIN_ACC_ILM - EhP: 4. The
Business Functions contain new functionality as well as simplification and represents the level where
customer can switch on functionality in the system. Please find more information about the
enhancement package concept and some installation guidelines on service.sap.com/erp-ehp.

Please use the overview index and the detailed index to gain a first overview and use the links behind
the page numbers to navigate directly to the area of your interest.

What kind of information delivers this document
On the following pages you can get the most important information regarding each business function
as an umbrella of several features and information about each specific feature within a business
function. You can also find rough information about ES-Bundles (just description available).

For Business Functions
Description
Early Adopters
Headline (catch phrase)
Business Benefits
For each Feature

Class/Level of Innovation Level of Innovation: New Capability or
Improvement
Class: of exisiting
Simplification, feature or ESOA
functionality
Description
Pain Points
Business Benefits
Valuable for

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 4

3 Overview Index

1 LEGAL DISCLAIMER 2

2 INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO READ THIS DOCUMENT 3

3 OVERVIEW INDEX 4

4 DETAILED INDEX 5

5 ANALYTICS 7

6 CORPORATE SERVICES 16

7 CROSS SAP ERP 47

8 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53

9 FINANCIALS 58

10 HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 101

11 INDUSTRIES 139

12 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING 326

13 SALES AND SERVICE 328

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 5

4 Detailed Index

1 LEGAL DISCLAIMER 2

2 INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO READ THIS DOCUMENT 3

3 OVERVIEW INDEX 4

4 DETAILED INDEX 5

5 ANALYTICS 7

5.1 FINANCIAL ANALYTICS 7
5.2 SIMPLIFIED REPORTING FOR ASSET ACCOUNTING 9
5.3 STRATEGIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT 9

6 CORPORATE SERVICES 16

6.1 EH&S COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT 16
6.2 ENTERPRISE ASSET MANAGEMENT 17
6.3 PROJECT AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 31
6.4 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 33
6.5 REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT 36
6.6 TRAVEL MANAGEMENT 43

7 CROSS SAP ERP 47

7.1 CROSS SAP ERP 47

8 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53

8.1 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53

9 FINANCIALS 58

9.1 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 58
9.2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 62
9.3 FINANCIAL SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 80
9.4 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 88
9.5 TREASURY 89

10 HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 101

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 6

10.1 <GENERAL> 101
10.2 TALENT MANAGEMENT 108
10.3 WORKFORCE PROCESS MANAGEMENT 128

11 INDUSTRIES 139

11.1 SAP FOR AEROSPACE & DEFENSE 139
11.2 SAP FOR AUTOMOTIVE 147
11.3 SAP FOR BANKING 151
11.4 SAP FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS 159
11.5 SAP FOR DEFENSE & SECURITY 161
11.6 SAP FOR HEALTHCARE 167
11.7 SAP FOR HIGHER EDUCATION & RESEARCH 183
11.8 SAP FOR INSURANCE 192
11.9 SAP FOR MEDIA 210
11.10 SAP FOR MILL PRODUCTS 247
11.11 SAP FOR MINING 252
11.12 SAP FOR OIL & GAS 254
11.13 SAP FOR PUBLIC SECTOR 255
11.14 SAP FOR RETAIL 315
11.15 TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT 324

12 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING 326

12.1 <GENERAL> 326

13 SALES AND SERVICE 328

13.2 AFTERMARKET SALES AND SERVICE 328
13.3 SALES ORDER MANAGEMENT 328

State-of-the-Art Reporting Tools Business Benefits: Unifies look and feel of financial reports and sports an attractive user interface.Offers scalability in back-end technology. the reporting content of this business function significantly lowers the hurdle of using reporting tools by offering lean reporting options. Pain Points: The current application focuses on the users responsible for executing the close tasks and provides them with access to the tasks themselves.1. The new reports provide high-level status . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 7 5 Analytics 5. Users can create alerts that notify them if close tasks are delayed or taking longer than planned. job logs. and any spool requests. Early Adopters: Customers without legacy reports and customers interested in real-time reporting with the front-end tools of SAP NetWeaver BI. 5.1. .1 Simplified reporting for closing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The reports provide status information for each close task in the task list and an overview of the progress of the task list with respect to schedule. Headline: Simplify Reporting Financials with Attractive.1 Financial Analytics 5. but each business unit needs to have status information concerning the degree of completion in its unit. .Reduces learning costs.1 Reporting Financials 2 (BF: FIN_REP_SIMPL_2 . For small and midsize customers without SAP NetWeaver BI. You can display them in SAP NetWeaver Portal or SAP NetWeaver Business Client and decide where to read the data from when you call a report.1.EhP: 4) Description: Use new reports from SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence and overviews (POWER lists) with a uniform look and easy-to-use user interface. status information. This is particularly important in a shared service environment. The new reports also show the close status per business unit. where one unit might perform a close task for multiple business units. . and error logs created when the tasks were scheduled.Allows switching between direct access for lean back-end scenarios and replicated data for high-volume environments.

Business Benefits: The local close is a time-critical process where multiple stakeholders work interactively to close the books on time. and address all objects associated with investment management (investment programs. . and target turnover in an easy-to-use interface Pain Points: Profitability reports need to be made available to all stakeholders in a timely fashion and provide easy-to-read actionable information Business Benefits: Simplifies and streamlines the reporting process for profitability analysis Target Group: Controllers and business unit analysts 5. items. orders and work breakdown structure elements). operating profit. Target Group: Corporate controllers and other users in corporate finance.3 Simplified reporting for investment management Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: Reports cover all stages of the investment management life cycle from planning and budgeting to availability control and replanning.1.2 Simplified reporting for profitability analysis Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Provides sample reports based on operating concern S_GO that display net sales. The new reporting functions provide parties other than the accountants executing the close with information concerning the status and progress of the close. appropriation requests.1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 8 information that document whether all tasks are complete for a given business unit and provide the basis for active alerting if a deadline is exceeded or a task takes substantially longer than planned. especially if they would affect the global close (consolidation). including compliance officers 5. contribution margins. That allows them to initiate corrective action if delays are expected.1.1.

Pain Points: Asset accounting provides detailed information on all financial transactions affecting fixed assets. . asset transactions. depreciation forecast. and assets not posted. asset balances. comparison of depreciation.1. posted depreciation.3.EhP: 4) 5. There are many standard reports that focus on the life cycle of the asset from acquisition to retirement.1 Cost Estimate and Simulation (BF: FIN_PDCE_COSTQUOT_CI_1 . The most important reports have been simplified. inventory list. Business Benefits: Simplifies and streamlines reporting process for asset accounting Target Group: Asset accountants and corporate finance 5. planned depreciation.3 Strategic Enterprise Management 5. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 9 Pain Points: Provide easy-to-use reports that provide key business information concerning budget availability by investment program Business Benefits: Simplifies and streamlines reporting process for investment management Target Group: Corporate controllers and investment managers 5.2 Simplified reporting for asset accounting Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: Provides modern easy-to-use reports for the following areas: asset history sheet.1 Description: Functional enhancements and performance improvements for cost and quotation management with the costing engine of SAP SEM and content of the product design cost estimate (PDCE).3.

The searched assignment of an object can therefore be analyzed independently of other object keys (example: find component 4711 in all projects and versions filtered). 5.3 Enhanced where-used list Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The where-used wizard allows use of cross-object key filters (examples: project and version). SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 10 Early Adopters: SAP CQM customers and PDCE customers who want to benefit from the improvements Headline: Additional Functionality Enhances Flexibility and Scalability of PDCE Business Benefits: Additional functionality enhances flexibility and scalability of PDCE 5.1.3.2 Batch import for PDCE objects Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: It is now possible to schedule and manage data packages to select and import data from legacy systems in batch mode Pain Points: Complex selection and time-consumption to fill data from legacy systems into PDCE for further processing Business Benefits: Time-consuming mass imports can be set to run during low system load time.1. Improved data integrity and real-time update and synchronization between systems involved in the business process. Target Group: Functionality will be used by administrators.3. A daily business user benefits from automated data processing. Automatic updates can be scheduled. The same applies to the definition and filter of the result list (found parents). . Automation of manual tasks.

The end user can be guided according to the results of the calculation.3.4 Editable messages sent according to customer formulas Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Users can enable their own formulas to send editable messages according to their customizing settings Pain Points: No messages could be sent to end users according to customized business and calculation logic Business Benefits: Users can enable their own formulas to send editable messages according to their customizing settings. version. Target Group: Business and technical users 5. and plant use of the where-used list Business Benefits: The where-used wizard allows use of cross-object key filters (examples: project and version). the valuation logic was limited to the table sequence and low prices . The same applies to the definition and filter of the result list (found parents).1.5 Enhanced price selection conditions for valuation customizing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Valuation and price selection can be customized with greater sophistication by using different dimensions to evaluate data selection Pain Points: Only one extra customer table could be used within the valuation function.1. Target Group: End user (cost estimator and team lead) 5. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 11 Pain Points: Cross-project. The searched assignment of an object can therefore be analyzed independently of other object keys (example: find component 4711 in all projects and versions filtered).3.

1.1. and value (most recent. highest. Up to five customer-specific table types can now be considered.7 Inheritance mechanism Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Customers can define inheritance behavior on attribute fields and trigger inheritance manually or via a formula up or down in the structure Pain Points: Customer control of the values for inheritance of fields was impossible Business Benefits: Customers can define inheritance behavior on attribute fields and trigger inheritance manually or via a formula up or down in the structure .6 Content enhancements: 1PDCE Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The SAP-delivered PDCE business content was improved to ease enhancements and include additional requirements. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 12 Business Benefits: Valuation and price selection can be customized with greater sophistication by using different dimensions and tables to evaluate data selection. Price type intervals. Pain Points: ' Business Benefits: Scrap can now easily be included into the calculation logic. transaction currency from selected prices is provided for splits directly.3. or lowest) can be combined to set up valuation rules.3. target costs are enabled on leaves. Target Group: Users 5. and so on. Target Group: Business user 5. table priority.

Pain Points: Copy lost master (origin) referenceBusiness Benefits: If an object is copied.9 Capture a master of copied objects and enable mass change Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: If an object is copied. a BOM using materials without a plant.10 Formula parameter for fixed value: support for multiple values and intervals . Target Group: Users 5. and so on was impossible Business Benefits: Better support of the product design and definition process providing partlially incomplete data Target Group: Users and SAP PLM integration 5. A later change to the master can be automated to change the copy accordingly. Changes in the structure can be followed up more easily between versions. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 13 Target Group: Users 5.1. and so on). its master can be referenced. Incomplete objects are created as preliminary materials in PDCE.3.3.3. text items.1. A later change to the master can be automated to change the copy accordingly. Pain Points: Import for design BOM.1. its master can be referenced.8 BOM import Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: It is now possible to import BOMs with missing key information (a design BOM.

The complexity of formulas is reduced. Target Group: Technical users 5.1.3. which greatly simplifies buliding formulas Pain Points: Nested IF cases where needed in formulas Business Benefits: Objects can now be grouped using common object categories. Adjustment for Changes of Tax Rates (BF: FIN_ACC_GC_TAXRATECHG .EhP: 4) Description: Tax effects previously calculated according to the tax rates of prior periods are adjusted to the current tax rate in order to obtain correct cumulative effects Early Adopters: .3. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 14 Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Fixed values used in formulas as parameters can now be set to multiple single values and intervals Pain Points: Fixed value only as single parameter Business Benefits: Fixed values used in formulas as parameters can now be set to multiple single values and intervals Target Group: Technical users 5. Group Close.2 Financials.11 Object categories supported Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription: Objects can now be grouped using common object categories. which greatly simplifies buliding formulas.

because these customers represent the key base that has requested the new functionality. document type. Headline: Automated Adjustment of Deferred Taxes on Change in Effective Tax Rates Business Benefits: This functionality will allow for greater accuracy and timeliness and reduced costs through automation of the process of identifying tax rate changes within the system by selecting the specific records that need to be adjusted at the applicable entity.2. and then automatically posts the result based on the posting rules defined within configuration.1 Automated adjustment of deferred taxes on change in effective tax rates Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This functionality automates identification of tax rate changes within the system. There is a high likelihood that the Early Adopters will be German. Business Benefits: Primary business benefits are greater accuracy and timeliness and reduced costs related to adjusting deferred tax balances when effective rates of tax change in jurisdictions where the corporation operates. identifies the specific records that need to be adjusted at the entity. and posting level. Target Group: Local and group accountants . account. calculates the necessary adjustments. and posting level.3. Pain Points: The primary business challenge to be addressed is eliminating the manual effort required to recalculate the appropriate tax provisions related to manual and automated postings in BCS in SAP SEM when effective tax rates have changed. document type. It calculates the necessary adjustments and then automatically posts the resulting adjustments based on the posting rules defined within configuration. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 15 A customer who utilizes the existing deferred tax functionality within BCS in SAP SEM. 5. account. It will likely be a multinational client who has operations in one or more jurisdictions that have recently changed or are about to change their effective corporate tax rates.

extensive reporting options.racking of packaging. It accurately verifies quantity flows from SD and MM. Electric Electronic Waste (WEEE: 2002/96). exact environmental declarations cross-country and helps reduce costs and provide transparency due to accounting precision and comprehensive cost analysis functionality. devices. and audit trail . like packaging sustainability scorecards. SAP Recycling Administration (BF: J_7L_REA_CORE . in Europe and around the world.1. and electronic waste (WEEE) and batteries legislation or who need to meet specific industry standards. It helps them monitor. products. and batteries in circulation due to improved data quality. and similar global regulatory regulations.Ensure meeting other product-related standards (example: retail packaging sustainability) 6. It calculates environmental fees and generates required declarations to environmental authorities.Increased efficiency through automated and integrated processes (people and know-how) and central master data storage . batteries.1 REA. electric. Batteries (2006/66). Early Adopters: SAP ERP customers in all industries with regulatory reporting needs resulting from packaging. Headline: Simplification and Optimization of Regulatory Compliance Processes Business Benefits: .1.EhP: 4) Description: SAP Recycling Administration handles environmental fees related to EU Directives on Packaging (94/62). It automatically generates .Ensure regulatory compliance with country-specific requirements .1 EH&S Compliance Management 6.1 Environmental fee calculation and reporting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: SAP Recycling Administration helps enterprises meet regulatory requirements from environmental directives regarding packaging. It generates required. calculate.1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 16 6 Corporate Services 6.Accuracy and savings through higher transparency in quantity-flow. and settle corresponding recycling fees with recycling partners or compliance schemes. or waste electric and electronic equipment (WEEE).

cumbersome generation of cross-country reporting. Business Benefits: Ensure regulatory compliance with country-specific requirements. risk of inaccurate sales and master data. Increased efficiency thanks to automated and integrated processes (people and know-how) and central master data storage. Pain Points: Time-consuming generation of environmental declarations and verification. . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 17 condition records for price calculation in SD and accruals for financial accounting in FI. and redundancy of multiple local systems that need to be maintained and extended.1 Configuration Control Innovations (BF: LOG_EAM_CC . Ensure meeting additionally other product-related standards (example: retail packaging sustainability). This enhancement reduces errors and improves the accuracy of data. expensive to ensure local regulatory tracking.2 Enterprise Asset Management 6. ECM. Accuracy and savings through higher transparency in quantity-flow tracking of products. simultaneous usage of MPLs in different installation locations.2. financial analysts. and corporate accountants 6. oil & gas. and batteries due to improved data quality and extensive reporting options. such as A&D. mining. Audit trail.EhP: 4) Description: Archiving support for iPPE nodes. difficult to ensure regulatory compliance and transparency when data is stored in legacy systems. Target Group: Environmental compliance officers. and so on Headline: Enhanced Configuration Control Ensures that Users Can Create Consistent Master Data Without Work-Arounds Business Benefits: Enhanced master data maintenance process with engineering change management and object dependencies can reduce the number of duplicated nodes for LRU and SRU. and a new MPL profile Early Adopters: New and installed base in asset-oriented industries. devices. and object-dependency support for LRUs. utilities. It tracks regulatory amendments and supports audits. changing visibility of iPPE nodes in a complete check.

oil & gas. 2. Pain Points: Customer who requires a better connection between engineering information and actual maintenance practice. Target Group: Engineering manager Maintenance manager 6. environment. Flexible modeling of master parts list allows a more realistic depiction of engineering information for the technical object. Master parts list that manages the engineering information.2.2. or production. and thereby reduce operational risk and improve safety to work caused by an incorrect installation.EhP: 4) Description: Making parts of the A&D subcontracting and refurbishment order solution are available without using business function set DIMP. customers need more flexible and proper modeling of the master parts list.Early Adopters: New and installed base in asset-oriented industries. mining. such as A&D.1 Enhancements for configuration control Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Configuration control application can be used by maintenance or service organizations to manage technical objects that have a high risk because of safety. To reduce the chances of incorrect installation of a part. and so on . It has two components: 1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 18 6. Business Benefits: Better integration between engineering and maintenance ensures a safe and efficient process to manage a technical object. Configuration control check transaction identifies whether the actual technical structure has valid parts as described in the master parts list. These features will help manage in-house or subcontracted repairs and overhaul of parts and equipment. That can improve data consistency of a technical structure. Master parts list depicts all the possible valid combinations of parts that can be installed at different locations.2 Refurbishment and Subcontracting (BF: LOG_EAM_ROTSUB . utilities.1.

2. It uses predeternimed rules to issue parts for orders so that the planner does not need to define the stock type during an early stage. Helps streamline order planning and execution. Refurbishment orders have been enhanced in the following areas: 1. Business Benefits: Improved rule-based reservation reduces unplanned consumption and improves the material planning processes Target Group: Maintenance planner Material planners 6. stock- out planners tend to overstock a part. which causes higher inventory costs. Pain Points: Unclear stock determination increases chances of stock-outs. This enhancement simplifies the process steps and improves the availability of proper transactional data. 6.2 Enhancements in refurbishment order Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Refurbishment orders are used to repair or overhaul a serialized or nonserialized spare part for equipment. Refurbishment orders can be assigned with one or more notifications 3.2.2. Conversion of planned order into refurbishment order from the MRP list .2. Because of frequent stock-outs. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 19 Headline: Enhancement for Refurbishment Orders and Subcontracted Repair Processing Business Benefits: Visibility and tracking of all parts that are under repair or refurbishment. Refurbishment order has been enhanced to manage material upgrade 2.1 Enhanced stock determination for maintenance and service processing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Stock determination enhancement simplifies the stock determination process.

2.2.These enhancements ensure proper planning of refurbishment work 2. Pain Points: Companies want to track inventory availability with subcontractors Business Benefits: 1. Reduced turn-around time improves service level and reduces cost because of inventoriesTarget Group: . enabling the planner to concentrate on reducing operation costs at reduced inventory. 2.3 Enhancements in subcontracting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: When performing maintenance or providing maintenance services to customers. serialized or nonserialized parts can be sent to a vendor.Streamlined internal repair process 4. Better information flow between maintenance and procurement team reduces turn-around time to repair a part 3. Enhancement in subcontracting process allows integration between the maintenance process and the procurement processes.Option to upgrade parts after repair or refurbishmentTarget Group: Material planners Maintenance planners 6. It also ensures visibility of parts throughout the time when it is outside the organization.Better visibility of parts being repaired or refurbished 3. Improved visibility of parts that are under repairs or refurbishment by subcontractors. The subcontracting solution allows integrated management of maintenance or service order processing with procurement processes to purchase services from an external vendor. reduces inventory needed to maintain an asset. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 20 These enhancements ensure proper planning of refurbishment work and better visibility of parts being repaired or refurbished Pain Points: Customers who want visibility into the work load on repair parts and an option to evaluate problems in technical objects. Business Benefits: 1.

Enhanced Warranty Management (BF: LOG_EAM_WTY .Because the maintenance process and claim process are independently managed by different teams.2. utilities.so the warranty clerk can't efficiently communicate with vendors Business Benefits: .3.Improved communication between maintenance team and warranty processing team .1 Integration of warranty claims with maintenance and service processing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Integration between warranty claim process with maintenance and service processing allows better visibility regarding claimable work performed by the maintenance team and improves collection of claims Pain Points: . such as A&D. 6. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 21 Maintenance planner Material planner 6.OEM and vendors do not approve a claim if it is not substantiated with proper documentation .That results in long delays to collect claims . the claim processor does not have the details needed to create proper claim . oil & gas. mining.Returnable parts are not linked to warranty claim or maintenance process . and so on Headline: Integrate Warranty with PM and CS Orders Business Benefits: Improves visibility of warranty claim starting from its creation until its settlement. Improved visibility reduces processing time and allows detailed analysis of all claims.3 Enterprise Asset Management .2.EhP: 4) Description: Integration of warranty management with PS order Availability of the entire A&D warranty solution outside of business function set DIMP Early Adopters: New and installed base in asset-oriented industries.

Distributed system landscape where all systems are working with the same time zone 2. work order.EhP: 4) Description: Time zone support in the enterprise asset management area for notification.4 Enterprise Asset Management: Time Zone Support (BF: LOG_EAM_TZS_1 . systems.1 Enhanced time zone management for maintenance processing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Time zone support supports two different system or business constellations: 1. Central system landscape (only one system) where users from various time zones are working in the central system . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 22 .2.2.Improved return parts process Target Group: Maintenance manager Procurement manager Financial officer 6. and confirmation Early Adopters: Customers with asset an maintenance organization who have various locations. or business partners in different time zones Headline: Maintenance Execution Without Boundaries Business Benefits: Enhanced time zone management ensures that each maintenance document can be consistently managed independently of the location of a technical object and the location of a user's workplace 6.Reduced time to collect and approve the claims .Reduced errors in claims .4.

2.2. Pain Points: Users in different time zones encounter difficulties when they require maintenance work on the same or different parts of a technical object.EhP: 4) Description: Enhancements in the authorization concept for the maintenance event builder Enhancement in aircraft logbook Early Adopters: New and installed base in asset-oriented industries. mining. and so on Headline: Improved Authorization Checks and Visibility of Log Books Within One Hierarchy Business Benefits: The authorization enhancement for the maintenance event builder improves information security and compliance of technical objects. and maintenance technician 6. Business Benefits: Enhanced time zone management ensures that each maintenance document can be consistently managed independently of the location of a technical object and the location of a user's workplace Target Group: Maintenance planner. Enterprise asset management is enhanced to provide user log books with all the technical objects that belong to one hierarchy. maintenance supervisor. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 23 "Time Zone Support" supports two system or business constellations: 1. Manual calculation of the corresponding time consumes too much labor time and effort and sometimes causes data inconsistency. That improves the visibility of information and the productivity of technicians. Time-based information is critical for analysis. Central system landscape (only one system) where users from various time zones are working on this central system. such as A&D. utilities. Distributed system landscape where every system is working with the same time zone. oil & gas. .5 Maintenance Event Builder and Logbook Innovations (BF: LOG_EAM_POM_2 . like turn-around and mean time between two repairs.

Pain Points: Customers in a regulated industry. Target Group: Maintenance planner Maintenance supervisor Maintenance technician 6. Maintenance event builder can be assigned to a WBS element.1 Enhancements in maintenance event builder Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: It improves the authorization aspects of the information displayed by using the maintenance event builder.2. such as maintenance engineers and technicians. It provides maintenance personnel. with functions that ensure the timely and reliable execution of their maintenance tasks. readings taken.2. This tool provides the staff operating the assets with the functions to log defects and enter operational data. ensuring consistent data usage in the maintenance order.5. and events that occur during line maintenance operations. need data authorization and compliance enhancements to avoid unauthorized data access. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 24 6. It also populates the WBS element on the location tab of maintenance and service orders.5. such as defense. Missing WBS element assignment on the location tab of maintenance order could produce incorrect results from a settlement run. Business Benefits: Maintenance event builder improves data and information security. Pain Points: The efficiency of maintenance planning can be improved by synchronizing details in the logbook transactions and technical structureBusiness Benefits: .2 Enhanced electronic logbook Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The logbook is an application that is used to record and track the discrepancies.

maintenance cost management.Easy reporting along a multilevel list improves the information presented to maintenance planners thereby improving the productivity of maintenance planners 6. maintenance orders. and so on Early Adopters: Customers using enterprise asset management to optimize their processes for fleet and vehicle management. and Optimization Business Benefits: -Fleet maintenance planners can make knowledge-based decisions with improved reports and simplified transactions.6.Improved framework of simplified reporting allows usage of transactional data along with extracted information.1 Improvement in fleet maintenance functionality Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 25 The enhanced electronic logbook improves visibility of details in logbook transactions.Standard inspection rounds solution allows definition of a task list that can used to plan and execute inspection or operator rounds. and inspections Headline: Streamlined Processes for Maintenance Planning. .Reduced time and effort to view documents. Execution.EhP: 4) Description: Continuous improvements for fleet and vehicle management. .6 Enterprise Asset Management: Continuous Improvements (BF: LOG_EAM_CI_3 . maintenance plans. . Decisions can be made quickly when unnecessary data can be hidden Target Group: Maintenance planner Maintenance supervisor 6.2.2. . task lists.

POWER list for maintenance plans 2.6.2. Target Group: Maintenance planners from organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain them at optimal efficiency 6. so that the reports have only historical details Business Benefits: Improved framework of simplified reporting allows usage of transactional data along with extracted information.2 Improved maintenance reports Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: Proper reporting can drastically change the way that people can make business decisions. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 26 Basic order view has been enhanced with fields for fleet maintenance. Pain Points: Vehicle maintenance solution should be very simple and have adaptable reporting features Business Benefits: Maintenance planners can make knowledge-based decisions with improved reports and simplified transactions Target Group: Maintenance planners who are managing a large fleet of vehicles will benefit from simplified reporting and transactions 6. POWER list for service and maintenance orders 3.3 Planning and execution of inspection rounds Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both .6. 1. Simplified reports for maintenance cost and maintenance backlog Pain Points: Current SAP NetWeaver BI content works only after extracting data from a transactional system. The following reports support maintenance planners and supervisors in making informed decisions.2. SAP NetWeaver BI content has been improved for better reporting features required for maintaining a fleet of vehicles. That enables near-real-time reporting with a large volume of data. To enable better reporting for fleet maintenance.

Target Group: Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain them at optimal efficiency 6. the planner can review the planning cycle after setting up the new maintenance plans. customers do not use core SAP ERP for inspection rounds.2.4 Improvements in automatic release of orders Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: It is now possible to define whether the preventive maintenance order will be released automatically Pain Points: It is not always possible to release an order automatically. Once the order created by maintenance plans are stable. Technical objects that need an inspection and measurement point that are used to record actual inspection results are linked together to prepare inspection rounds. the planner can set the feature of automatic release of order.5 View document attached using generic object services Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both . Target Group: Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain them to run at optimal efficiency 6. reducing their chances to improve the performance of assets based on the observed and actual performance of the assets.6. Enhanced features can support possibilities to define routes for operator-based maintenance and streamline execution of the routes. there has been no way to plan and process routes for operator-based maintenance or inspection rounds in an easy way. Pain Points: Without a standard solution.6. Some may require additional planning.2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 27 Description: Up to now. Business Benefits: Standard inspection rounds solution allows definition of a task list that can used to plan and execute inspection or operator rounds. Business Benefits: With these enhancements.

6.7 Improvements to maintain and use task list Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: It is now possible to record change pointers for maintenance task list. there are no reports to view maintenance plan. Most of the transactions of maintenance processing are enhanced to show the availability of documents Pain Points: Currently. and calls together for a given set of technical objects Business Benefits: Easy reporting along a multilevel list improves the information presented to maintenance planners. technicians and planners refer to paper documents that are old. These documents can be viewed during transaction processing. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 28 Description: It is possible to attach documents to technical objects directly using generic object services.2. maintenance items. This new feature allows tracking changes that may occur for a maintenance task list. Business Benefits: New development will reduce time and effort to view documents Target Group: Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain them to run at optimal efficiency 6. thereby improving the productivity of maintenance planners Target Group: Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency 6.6 List report for maintenance plan items Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: Multilevel list reports are enhanced to select and view maintenance plan items Pain Points: Currently.6. it is tedious to view the documents attached to a technical objects. .2. Most of the time.

2.2.8 Improved material planning integration with maintenance order Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: It is possible for maintenance planner to indicate when the vendor should deliver a part Pain Points: Currently. That results in a disruption in maintenance execution because of the nonavailability of parts. what was changed. Many times. the requirement date for parts needed for an order gets calculated based on a scheduled date for the operation and lead time of the part. Business Benefits: Improved productivity and efficiency for maintenance planners Target Group: Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency 6.9 Improved work clearance management with line-up Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: .6.6. and the details are copied to orders if the task list is used to create the order. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 29 Task lists maintenance is enhanced so that fields like unloading point and recipient can be maintained in a task list. this date may be incorrect because of the buffer needed for internal and external factors. Pain Points: It is impossible to check who changed the task list. few fields need to me entered manually every time an order is created. Even if task lists are used to create orders. and when the task list was changed. Business Benefits: More accurate material planning reduces disruption of maintenance work Target Group: Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency 6.

Display of equipments . Service Delivery Manager .Display of customers . Pain Points: Currently. all information that is relevant for a mid market service delivery manager (and/or a maintenance planner) is visible at a glance. In this view.10 Power List for Service and Maintainance Orders Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this new worklist to get an overview of the maintenance and service orders with all related follow-up documents for the service delivery.Display of notifications Pain Points: The POWL Service Order and Maintenance Order provide a simplified view. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 30 Complex assets require functionality to view and verify current and normal operational conditions for a group of logically related technical objects. Business Benefits: Improved productivity of an Service Delivery Manager or Maintanance Planner Target Group: Maintenance Planner.6. resulting in lost time Business Benefits: Improved productivity of planner and technician in the field Target Group: Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency 6.Display of SD documents . The line-up functionality provides a mechanism by which planners can update the current operational conditions for a group of logically related technical objects en masse. .2. the operational condition of a technical object has to be updated individually.Display and Change of service and maintenance orders .

11 Power list for Maintenance Plan Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: The new POWL Maintenance Plan is used as a worklist to get an overview of the maintenance plan. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 31 6. Early Adopters: Customers handling large project structures with project system . users can maintain separate subsets of master data of large project structures in a high-performance manner and benefit from a more flexible locking concept.3 Project and Portfolio Management 6.EhP: 4) Description: Using the new project editor transaction. Maintenance Supervisor.3. Certain project changes can be saved as drafts and be compared with each other later on. .1 Project System: Handling Large Projects . From this work list he can easily evaluate.6. service delivery manager (and/or a maintenance planner) can find all call off objects (documents).Display of service orders .2.Display of contracts . It contains information on all call off objects (documents).Display of purchase orders .Display and Change of maintenance plan Pain Points: The new POWL Maintenance Plan provides a simplified view on Maintenance Plans. for instance. which are created through a maintenance plan at a glance. In this view. Service Delivery Manager 6. the costs of each planned order and the other information for coordination needs.Master Data (BF: OPS_PS_HLP_1 .Display of notifications . Business Benefits: Improve procuctivity and effectivity of an Service Delivery Manager and/or Maintenence Planner Target Group: Maintenance Planner. which are created through a maintenance plan.

A flexible locking concept can be used in the project editor to enable parallel changes to project master data .3.Users can maintain separate subsets of project master data in a high-performance manner with the new project editor . such as organizational data.A cache upload can be used to yield additional performance improvements of master data maintenance in the project editor Pain Points: . control data. and so on.1 Master data changes of large project structures Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . improving the performance of data maintenance .Users can access the project editor using a new project work list based on their access control list authorizations .Allows users to work on subsets of project master data.The project editor allows users to work on subsets of master data of large projects in a high- performance manner .A more flexible locking concept allows users to work in parallel on project master data if required or save project master data changes as drafts .Performance of maintaining master data of large project structures .1.Master data changes can be saved as drafts in the project editor and analyzed or compared with other drafts in the new draft workbench . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 32 Headline: Efficient Master Data Maintenance of Large Project Structures Business Benefits: .The project editor can be accessed directly or using a user specific project work list (based on ACL authorization) .Restrictive locking concept Business Benefits: .Data can be uploaded to a cache to improve the performance of master data changes in the project editor 6. user and customer data.A new draft workbench can be used to edit drafts or compare drafts before saving the project master data changes .

Reduced effort due to improved selection capability in reports . defects.4. even in terms of regulatory compliance.EhP: 4) Description: .4 Quality Management 6.Reduced software maintenance costs due to improved standard functionality instead of need for customer-specific coding . or other) complaints. Employees who are involved in the problem-solving (corrective and preventive actions or CAPA) process.4.Administrators responsible for project system performance 6. Headline: Enhanced Notification Process for Improved Problem Management with Flexible Assignment Objects. Not industry- specific.Users responsible for master data maintenance of large projects . and so on) . usable for any type of application to document issues and problems.1.Improved data visibility due to the enhancement flexibility that is provided 6. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 33 . problems.Extended mail sending functionality for notifications with attachments .Reduced effort and processing time for issues due to fewer notifications . serial numbers.1 Quality Management: Enhanced Functions in Q-Notifications (BF: OPS_QM_NOTIFICATION . and issues. or any type of notification.Multiple assignments of objects (batches.Reduced number of notifications for the same issues and different objects (example: same problem for different batches) . and report on given problems. Improved Sending and Reporting Capabilities Business Benefits: . perform evaluations. vendor.Extended partner selection in reports .Improved information flow and security due to enhanced mail process with attachments .Master data changes can be performed without locking objects if required Target Group: .Flexible adjustment of list output for reports Early Adopters: Employees entering (customer.1 Multiple assignments of objects at notification item level .

.2 Enhanced e-mail process for notifications Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The enhancement enables an improved e-mail process for notifications in terms of: .Reduced effort for maintaining the data.Documenting the transmission information in notification tasks Pain Points: .Reduced number of notifications for recording issues and complaints for several given objects - example: one notification for 10 batches instead of 10 separate notifications. Business Benefits: .Using the assigned partners (task-responsible employees) . inspection lots. That leads to great effort in maintaining the data and during evaluation of the information. Target Group: Employees who record issues and notifications such as customer complaints. employees can assign multiple objects of the same type. 6. .Sending the notification as PDF documents . .1.Using distribution lists based on assigned partners .Increased visibility due to clearer structures. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 34 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: With the functionality. . serial numbers. customers need to create several notifications if they want to record issues or complaints for several objects like a number of defective batches. Employees who are part of a CAPA process. Pain Points: Today.4.Attaching documents assigned to the notification and others .Improved corrective and preventive actions (CAPA) process.Simplified analysis during a CAPA process. and so on to one particular notification at the item level. such as several batches.

Prevention from forgetting to inform people . In addition. Extensions of the list output were possible only by copying the reports and making adjustments.1.or complaints-recording process.Guidance through the sending procedure .Automatic proposal of assigned partners . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 35 With SAP ERP. analyzing notifications or complaints for a number of involved partners required multiple runs of the same report. Pain Points: With earlier versions. a business add-in allows adjustment of the list output for quality notifications in terms of adding further columns such as text fields for customer or vendor name.Clear documentation of transmission information and status of the notification data .Automatic proposal of attached documents Target Group: Employees participating in a CAPA or any issue.3 Improved partner selection capability and list output for notification reports Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The enhancement provides an extended partner selection for quality notifications: notifications and tasks can now be selected via several partner roles and multiple partners. meaning great effort and time for researching and consolidating the information. The sending process was not compliant with any regulations in terms of preventing information from being changed afterward.4. 6. as was a clear documentation of the transmission information. such as for a number of task-responsible people. Business Benefits: Improved communication between related partners during a CAPA process via: . Business Benefits: Improved reporting capabilities for quality notifications .Flexible selection of additional recipients and documents . which meant a great IT maintenance effort and effort for checking updates via SAP notes.Enhanced usability of the e-mail process . An automatic proposal of assigned partners was missing. employees could only send the notification itself by e-mail and send attached documents separately.

and notification processing.Extended visibility of information .1 Taking possession dates for straight-lining according to FASB 13 into account Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . complaints.Improved options for comprehensive analytics . .5.Flexible adjustment capability of reports Target Group: Employees dealing with issues.Reduced number of runs for the same investigation for different partners .According to FASB 13.Increased and optimized efficiency for cost efficiency analysis .5.1. .Better insight and transparency in existing data . especially for reporting and analytics. this is the period that is relevant for straight-line calculations.5 Real Estate Management 6. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 36 .Legal requirements according to FASB 13 6. such as in a CAPA process 6.EhP: 4) Description: Contains new functionality in the area of commercial real estate management.The possession dates (start and end dates) represent the period in which a lessee obtains control of the leased property.1 Real Estate 2 (BF: RE_GEN_CI_2 . Early Adopters: Commercial real estate managers and lease administrators Headline: Simplify Administration of Your Property Portfolio and Leases Through Enhanced Processes in Commercial Real Estate Management Business Benefits: This business function delivers: .

1.2 Considering requested notice date in real estate search Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The setting of a requested notice date allows the real estate search to offer an object according to that date.Higher flexibility of real estate search and contract offer Target Group: .5.5. Pain Points: .New possession dates fields in the real estate contract make this possible.Allowing mass changes of current expense items along with periodic changes. such as changes in flat fees for administration and maintenance costs . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 37 .3 Cost efficiency analysis: mass change of current expense items and reporting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: .Better consideration of customers' requests . although the contractual notice date goes into effect at a later time Pain Points: Limited functionality in real estate search Business Benefits: . Target Group: .Lease administrators 6.Lease administrators 6.New legal requirements of FASB 13 could not be met accurately Business Benefits: .1.Managers of commercial and residential real estate .Managers of commercial real estate .Meeting entirely new legal requirements according to FASB 13.

Evaluating reasons for notice and vacancy. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 38 .4 Increased insight: enhancements in SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Optimized SAP NetWeaver BI content for real estate management: .Reporting cross-references for current expenses and financing types Pain Points: .New report for architectural view . especially regarding architectural views .Reporting of all data for one or more cost efficiency analysis .Missing information in SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence.Delta updates .Gaining insight and transparency Target Group: Managers of residential real estate.Lacking reporting tools for analytics Business Benefits: .Time dependency for master data attribute (where missing) . especially public housing 6.5.MultiCube for conditions and measurements Pain Points: . maintenance costs terminating expense items .Performance issues due to missing delta updates Business Benefits: .1.Assignment of business partners . as well as fluctuation .Hanging expense items depending on the age of an object.Significant administration effort when changing expense items for a huge number of cost efficiency analysis .Gaining efficiency thanks to mass change process .

5. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 39 .Improved options for comprehensive analytics .1.Report of option rate ratios for real estate objects .More flexibility and individual adaptability .Better insight and transparency Target Group: Managers of commercial and corporate real estate 6.Lack of external audit requirements regarding option rate ratios .New selection criteria.5 Extended functionality through various enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: .Reports for sales-based settlement were changed technically to the RE reporting framework .Simplified handling of parcel number (freely definable in one single field or automatic assignment) .Improved performance Target Group: Managers of commercial and corporate real estate 6.Editable time-slot filter within report .Increased usability .Better insight and transparency in existing data .1. for periodic postings .Copy architectural and usage objects in RE navigator via drag-and-drop Pain Points: .Limited capabilities regarding selections for periodic postings Business Benefits: .5. condition type and condition purpose.6 Improved land management and extended analytics Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 40 .Improved options for comprehensive analytics .More flexibility in the handling of land master data .2 RE-FX Localization Topics for Portugal (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_3 . 6.5. particularly in Canada Business Benefits: . insurance.Additional and freely definable classification due to new function field in the general data tab .New infosystem reports: land registers. classifications in real estate cadastre. telco. and transportation Headline: Enhance the Business Processes of Flexible Real Estate Management Business Benefits: New country-specific functionalities will be available to customers. . area analysis of possession areas. This solution could be done via a BADI implementation of interface IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT.EhP: 4) Description: RE-FX localization for Portugal (SAP Real Estate Management for Portugal) Early Adopters: Current SAP Real Estate Management customers will migrate to flexible real estate along with important new customers from industries such as engineering and construction. 6.Better insight into and transparency of existing data Target Group: Managers of land and property. public sector. retail. banking. Legal compliance.1 Rent adjustment Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The standard rent adjustment reports (for example: REAJPR) shall be used to calculate the new rent adjustment for the current contracts. and usage of parcels Pain Points: Lack of country-specific requirement for property taxes in SAP for Public Sector. parcel objects.2.5. services.

and so on In the context of real estate context. The tax to apply is determined by the official stamp tax table. Stamp on operations.Changing agreement conditions related to increasing the basic rent amount Business Benefits: Calculation . Pain Points: Recent legal changes in Portugal established special rent adjustment methods for older contracts (contract start date before 1990). the triggering event corresponds to the moment of contract signature in cases of: . Stamp on documents (of specific operations) 2. The main goal of these changes is to rehabilitate old buildings and define a fairer system rule for the real estate market and lease in and out processes.5.Acquisition of the ownership or of other rights to real estate .Lease or sublease of real estate . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 41 The BADI checks customizing to see which type of condition or reason could be used for a single contract. rentals. Pain Points: In the context of real estate. specifically on rental and property transfer contracts. it is a one-time tax based on the original conditions of the contracts or on the differences from adjustments. Recent contracts are adjusted based on the consumer price index that is published each year.2 Stamp tax Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New CapabilityDescription: The stamp tax has two bases: 1. credit utilizations.2. Calculation depends on a condition that varies in percentage and is based on the amount of another condition. purchases and sales. Business Benefits: Automatic adjustment enabling and legal compliance Target Group: Customers using business processes in the area of real estate management in Portugal 6.

Rise of conditions in lease-out contracts: 0.Total of conditions in rent agreement .Acquisition contracts: 0.Property taxable value in case of acquisition contracts .EhP: 4) Description: Contains new functionality in the area of space and room management that broadens and supplements the functionality of EhP2.5.Difference in conditions when the condition rises Tax rates In case of .0% .Month .Lease-out contracts: 1. Early Adopters: Corporate real estate managers Headline: Increase the Value of Your Property Portfolio Through Optimized Corporate Real Estate Management in an Integrated Environment Business Benefits: .0% Postings Payment Reporting .Annual Target Group: Customers using business processes in the area of real estate management in Portugal 6.8% .3 Corporate Real Estate (BF: RE_CRE_MISC . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 42 Periodicity Single-time tax: it is applied only once with the public deed of the contract Taxable base .

Managers of corporate real estate .1 Travel Management 2 (BF: FIN_TRAVEL_2 . and so on) .Improved investment decisions through comprehensive analysis of space demand and offer . .6 Travel Management 6. integration of travel planning and expense management with event management tools.Facility managers . and multiple airport search.Reports on vacancy and degrees of occupancy on a given a period or key date .EhP: 4) Description: Web application express expense sheet for daily travelers.Reversal of postings for reservation and continuous occupancy and improved posting run . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 43 You can use this business function to optimize your corporate real estate management in an integrated environment. 6.1 Long-term seating arrangement and move planning Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: . mixed air/rail availability. It allows your organization to simplify space and move management as well as room reservation. so that various quotes of workplaces can be assigned to an occupant (1/2.Definition of different degrees of occupancy.5.Optimized handling of different move dates (move-in or move-out) within one single move plan Pain Points: Optimized space utilization is difficult to achieve within an organization due to a lack of transparency and rapid changes of demand Business Benefits: . 2. employee self-service travel management for public sector (DE).3.6.Full transparency and allocation of costs and revenues to departments Target Group: . 1. travel planning with airfare matrix.Business users 6.Increased space utilization and reduced operating costs .

6. reduced process costs (indirect travel expenses). reduced direct travel costs due to transparency and comparability of air and rail fares at time of booking. and improved cash flow. the Web-based self-services did not offer a mass entry function for countries and industries with per-diem reimbursements. credit card clearing.0. greater adoption of travel and expenses self-services across all business units and traveler types. Business Benefits: Process automation for expense management. and reduced approval items for managers. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 44 Early Adopters: Customers using SAP Travel Management and those who have already upgraded their back-end system to SAP ERP 6. Pain Points: Previously. Headline: Streamline and Simplify Your Travel Management Process Business Benefits: Full self-service automation for daily travelers: acceleration of data entry. For public sector organizations: self-service travel request. Standard travel management features like receipt imaging. That implied that daily travelers like maintenance technicians had to use the road map-guided self-service of create expense report and enter one expense report per day. budget encumbrances and pretrip cost transparency for managers. so the mass entry really meets the needs of staff that travels a great deal. Especially for countries with per-diem based reimbursement rules for travel expenses. controlled compliance with travel policy. the solution now offers a fast and efficient way to capture expenses in a single user interface. accelerated reimbursement processes. Customers can benefit from great flexibility of configuration of user interface content. or custom period. reduced process costs for meeting and event travel. and mass print are also supported. month. simulation. automated expense reporting for faster reimbursement processes. 6. automated pretrip approval. acceleration for booking and expense reporting for corporate event management processes.1.1 Express expense sheet Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: The express expense sheet allows fast entry of expense reports per week. Target Group: Daily travelers (sales staff and service technicians) who have many short trips a week or month . which took too long.

search at multiple airports. Also. Pain Points: Public sector organizations must follow a clear pretrip approval process.1. complete prepopulated expense reports in an intuitive Web application. Business Benefits: Travelers in public sector organizations can now: get online approval for planned business trip and send reservation request to travel agent (if approved). the enhancements can also be used by other industries and countries. Pain Points: Travelers need more information on the available fares and their conditions. when choosing between air and rail connections. which is still mainly handled in paper-based processes with manual signatures . explicitly approve customizable travel categories.6.3 Travel planning with airfare matrix and mixed air/rail availability Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / bothDescription: The air availability in travel planning now offers the following enhancements: interactive airfare matrix for easy comparison and selection of available flights and fares. and the differences between the fares available for one flight connection to make the right choice for their travel schedules and to save direct travel costs. Approvers never had full transparency of the costs that would arise with a trip they approve to be taken.6. and comparison of air and rail connections in a mixed display. expense report with full compliance with German statutory requirements on a federal level and state (Bundesland) level. standard travel authorization for specific travel activities. . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 45 6. Managers can now preview the estimated costs. For use as self-service scenario. However.triggering enormous process and material costs. Target Group: Employees and travelers 6. no Web application was available so far.2 Employee self-services of travel management for public sector Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The new self-service applications of create travel request and create expense report are especially designed for the needs of public sector organizations: explicit approval of means of transportation and accommodation. and review expense reports online. travelers have had to look up different availability pages to compare duration and fares. premium economy class. Travel experts can now concentrate on real fulfillment tasks such as search for cost efficient transportation and exception checks.1. detailed estimated costs for precise budget encumbrance and cost transparency for managers.

operational handling. online travel booking. Target Group: Corporate Travel Managers. Business Benefits: Strategic meeting programs give companies the option to leverage transient travel volume when negotiating with service providers. The data relevant for negotiations with suppliers is missing.4 ES bundle: integration of SAP Travel Management and SAP Event Management Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: The ES bundle integrates the different process steps of travel and event management (partner solutions) into one complete process. Corporate Meeting & Event Managers.6. approval. rebooking. and meeting schedule. That will be the container for all event-related costs. Covering the complete process from approval to analytics allows customers to get a complete picture of their spend for meetings and events and enable them to save based on better vendor negotiation and elimination of manual process steps. Pain Points: Customers today have no control of their meeting and event spending and how it is spent. Approximately 30% to 40% of total travel and entertainment expenditures is spent on meetings and events.1. Corporate Purchaser . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 46 Business Benefits: All new features will further help companies reduce direct travel costs. From the creation. Target Group: Travelers and employees 6. because travelers and travel arrangers can make better decisions on the lowest available fare and means of transportation that still meets the traveler's requirements for flexibility. Integration of such tools with SAP Travel Management and the SAP ERP landscape can save companies up to 5% of their costs. and expense reporting of employees up to the analytics part the complete data can be captured on an SAP cost object.

1 ERP. With the new user interface. Business Benefits: With the new user interface.EhP: 4) Description: New user interface (mostly ALV) for about 200 write lists provides increased usability and harmonized end-user interaction.1. list display and end-user interaction is harmonized and unified Target Group: Customers who want to unify the user experience of existing write lists Flexibility to continue usage of selected write lists instead of new lists new lists Class/Level of Innovation: .1. Early Adopters: Customers who want to unify the user experience of existing write listsHeadline: Harmonize and Standardize User Interaction with Lists Business Benefits: .About 200 previously delivered write lists are replaced by lists (mostly ALV) that provide increased usability and harmonized end-user interaction. these capabilities are harmonized and unified.1. 7. end users had to know about the individual features of the lists. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 47 7 Cross SAP ERP 7. New User Interface for ABAP Lists (BF: ERP_ALL_LISTS .1 Cross SAP ERP 7.The new lists improve the end-user experience and help reduce training effort. .1 New user interface for existing write lists Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Several of the previously delivered write lists provide highly individual graphical display and interaction capabilities. Pain Points: To leverage the capabilities of the previously delivered write lists.

and generic search access to business information.EhP: 4) Description: Embedded Search is now available for key business objects in SAP ERP to support embedded search scenarios and provide fast. Pain Points: .2. Business Benefits: Customers can decide on the report level whether they want to use the new user interface Target Group: End users who are very familiar with existing write lists and their individual features 7. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 48 Functionality / New Capability Description: The functionality is offered to decide (mostly on a report level) whether the new user interface or one of the previously delivered write lists will be used. but the customer can select to use the user interface of the previously delivered write list instead. Early Adopters: SAP ERP customers who are looking for an improved search experience and want to take advantage of a Google-like search featuring secure full-text search capabilities and fuzzy search options Headline: Secure Free-Text Search Capability for Key Operational Business Data Business Benefits: Fast.1. .The unification of different specialized user interfaces sometimes requires to relinquish one or another individual feature.1. the new user interface is being used after switching on the business function. It is the first step toward a planned Google-like search experience across SAP Business Suite.The end users may be very familiar with certain write lists that are already being used and don't want to adopt a new user interface. simple. By default. but customers may prefer in some cases to stick to such a feature by accepting different user interfaces. simple.1 Search-enablement of key business objects in SAP ERP Operations . and secure search-driven information access Reduce customer TCO by providing easy-to-use search functionality that applies to professional and casual users 7.2 Embedded Search in SAP ERP (BF: ERP_ENTERPRISESEARCH .

Examples include material. Parallelized data transfer of PDS via core interface (CIF): PDS transfer to SAP SCM during initial load. CIF objects in the integration model without errors during the initial load are active. Pain Points: Great amount of time spent retrieving structured and unstructured business information Business Benefits: Fast. vendor. the new functionality will affect every customer who uses SAP ERP and SAP SCM in their business processes. .3 Enhanced Initial Data Transfer (BF: CA_CIF_INILOAD_01 . This approach enables faster startup of processes that cross SAP ERP and SAP SCM and narrows error-detection activities to a smaller number of objects. Incremental data transfer via CIF: new integration model-handling method. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 49 Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / New Capability Description: Makes key business objects (mainly SAP ERP Operations) available for Embedded Search. because both sets of master data are affected here. Of particular importance is the improvement for customers who integrate product data structures (PDS) in addition to their material master data. The incremental load of material master data via the CIF interface enables users to load data from SAP ERP to SAP SCM even if the selected data set contains erroneous objects.EhP: 4) Description: 1. generic search access to business information Target Group: Professional and occasional users 7.More Sophisticated Handling and Better Usability Business Benefits: PDS transfer via the CIF interface has better performance due to parallelization of data block processing. Early Adopters: Because this enhancement is in the core interface area. customer. 2. and so on. others are excluded. simple. sales order. quality notifications. Headline: Better Performance for Product Data Structures (PDS) Transfers from SAP ERP to SAP SCM . document info record.1. The correct sets will be transferred. purchase order. while the failed ones will be reported and can be reloaded after correcting the errors. search-driven information access Secure.

the user can check the results and correct the erroneous data.Better distribution of processing load among servers based on parallelization . This feature enhances performance when a high number of PDS are selected for transfer. That is called a partial load.Performance of master data load into SAP SCM .Users using SAP SCM in connection with SAP ERP 7.In case of erroneous master data objects.1 Incremental load of material master data Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The enhancement enables users to load material master data from SAP ERP into SAP SCM in increments. Pain Points: . In case of an error. it is a tedious to find the errors among a large number of objects Business Benefits: . After completion.Speeds up data integration between SAP ERP and SAP SCM .Master data administrators . the user had to load only the remaining master data increment.1.Enables easier detection and correction of faulty master data Target Group: . Pain Points: Performance of PDS transfer into SAP SCM Business Benefits: . After correction.Faster load of a larger number of PDS objects .3. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 50 7. The number of objects per thread and number of parallel threads is customizable in the CIF.3.2 Parallel load of PDS objects Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: PDS objects can now be loaded via CIF from SAP ERP into SAP SCM in parallel mode. Now this feature is enabled for PDS objects. which saves time and capacity.1. the CIF reports the error but continues loading the master data that is error-free.

Users handling PDSs 7.The need to design individual.All common business cases for printing forms can now be covered with PDF-based forms (restrictions may apply to some country versions).Large number of new PDF-based forms delivered in addition to the existing forms .EhP: 4) Description: . pixel-perfect forms for print and screen output Business Benefits: -Customers will appreciate the low TCO paired with compelling appearance and usability. Pain Points: .4 ERP. .4. PDF-based forms (BF: ERP_ALL_PDF_FORMS . and sending a PDF document via e-mail .1.1.Significant effort to create and maintain forms in SAP software .PDF-based forms allow standard output on printers and on screeen in the de facto standard PDF format.PDF forms allow standard output on printers and on screen. the option of archiving documents.1 Large number of new PDF print forms delivered in addition to the existing forms Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: . and sending a document via e-mail . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 51 Target Group: . an option for archiving documents.Large number of new PDF forms .All common business cases for printing forms can now be covered with PDF forms (restrictions may apply to some country versions) Early Adopters: Customers who want to create or simply use compelling forms with little effort Headline: PDF Based Forms for all Common Business Cases Business Benefits: Customers will appreciate the low TCO paired with compelling looks and usability 7.

Possibility to include digital signatures (if respective application supports them) Target Group: Customers who want to create or use compelling forms with little effort . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 52 . .Easy creation and maintenance of PDF-based forms using Adobe Lifecycle Designer compared to remarkably greater effort when working with SAPScript or SmartForms.Professional look of customer facing documents crated in SAP System. .

reconciliation by finish of labor contract.Enhanced functions of master data management available for employees via employee self-service portal. . and bonuses. off-cycle bonus payment. and calculation only on retirement date. and retirement .1. off-cycle bonus payment. stopping of labor contract.1 End-User Service Delivery 8. reconciliation by finish of labor contract.1.1.Additional off-cycle payroll calculations. off-cycle bonus payments. and calculation only on retirement date. and calculation only on retirement date without work- around solutions. reconciliation by finish of labor contract. off-cycle bonus payment. . Pain Points: Require a work-around solution to run off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation.1 HCM Localization Topics for Russia (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_2 . 8.New off-cycle payroll functions for fully legally compliant calculations and reporting of vacations.Additional localization of SAP Employee Self-Service country-specific data maintenance and approval based on HCM processes and forms Early Adopters: All payroll customers in Russia Headline: Additional Localization of Off-Cycle Payroll Calculation and Data Maintenance in SAP Employee Self- Service Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 53 8 End-User Service Delivery 8.EhP: 4) Description: . such as vacation. retirement. Business Benefits: Allows running off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation.1 New off-cycle processes in payroll Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New CapabilityDescription: Customer can run off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation. reconciliation for the termination of contracts.

and flexible custom views. expanded employee search function. new portal content for EIC roles.1.1.Customers with a demand for flexible customizing options to create custom data views and print activities Headline: Maximize Data Security.1.EhP: 4) Description: A new concept for security.2 Continuous Improvement Employee Interaction Center (BF: HCM_EIC_CI_2 .Customers with a strong need for security constraints and data protection to restrict access to sensitive activity data . Enhanced print function. Protection. authorization. and Process Control with Enhanced Authorization for Activity Access and Handling Business Benefits: .Customers with a strong need to differentiate authorization levels for user accountability and responsibility . Early Adopters: .2 Support for New Scenarios with SAP Employee Self-Service Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Employees can maintain their travel passport of RF citizen and education information with SAP Employee Self-Service Pain Points: SAP Employee Self-Service not offered for the above scenarios for Russia with the standard product Business Benefits: Allows employees to maintain their travel passport of RF citizen and education information with SAP Employee Self-Service Target Group: Employees 8. and user separation to restrict handling and access to service tickets for user roles in the employee interaction center (EIC). SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 54 Target Group: All payroll customers in Russia 8.

print-friendly format (Adobe PDF) that can be tailored and customized to fit your company's business needs Pain Points: .Increase operational efficiency and improve end-user experience with usability enhancements 8.Enhance data security and protection for user access to activity data .Customers require the ability to produce a hard-copy document and summary of activity data .Strengthen risk and compliance management with new activity print capabilities .Simplify data administration with new portal content for EIC role .Improve the end-user experience by providing the ability to save and download activity data for future retrieval and storage .2 Enhanced data security and authorization for activity-handling Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature .Customers require the ability to restrict print capabilities if EIC agents are not authorized to view and maintain activity data Business Benefits: .Maintain high security by restricting print capabilities to unauthorized users Target Group: All EIC agents or EIC managers (end users) who have access to the EIC application and can view or maintain activity data 8.Increase convenience and minimize risk by enabling a print summary and hard copy document of activity data .1.2.2.Enhance flexibility and personalization options by allowing customers to modify and customize the print template to fit their business needs .1 Enhanced print capabilities with the activity print function Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: This function provides the ability to print an activity data summary in an easy-to-read.1.Enhance customer flexibility to define and display custom views (employee search and activity) . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 55 .Improve employee search capabilities with additional search field criteria .

1.2.Minimize risk and prevent unauthorized access to activity data with enhanced data security and protection .3 Expanded data field options with flexible custom views Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The function provides customers with greater flexibility to create.Customers need more advanced security constraints to restrict access to activity data for unauthorized users .More flexibility is required to define data field options which meet customers' business needs Business Benefits: . display. and tasks Target Group: EIC agents and EIC managers (end users) who can access the EIC application and view or maintain activity data 8.Increase effectiveness and efficiency of EIC agents by limiting data access to relevant function. there is no concept to support user separation for EIC data and functionality for different user roles .Greater flexibility for customers to create and define custom views that meet their business needs .Enhance system control and monitoring with flexible options to define security settings .Currently.Enhanced capability to define the most relevant and useful data fields for business users (end users) . and store their own activity data fields using custom views in the EIC application Pain Points: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 56 Description: This functionality introduces a new concept for security and authorization to restrict user accesses and handling of activity data for different user roles Pain Points: .Customers need better system control and more flexible options to protect and secure activity data Business Benefits: . role.Limited ability to add and display additional employee data fields from the employee search view and activity view .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 57 .Enhanced usability and reporting capabilities with additional data field options for employee search and activity view Target Group: EIC agents or EIC managers (end users) who have access to the EIC application and can view and maintain activity data .

1 Financials Master Data Management: Charts of Accounts (BF: FIN_MDM_ACC .1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 58 9 Financials 9. The master data can be distributed by services or download to operational systems. current. consolidation.1. Consistent charts of accounts in operational systems and consistent mapping to a group chart of accounts for group close.1 Time and period-dependent versioning Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: An edition defines changes of selected types of objects that will become valid at a certain period Pain Points: Time-dependent versions of master data have to be maintained in parallel All changes from one version to another should become effective together at a defined time Differences between two versions should be easily visible Business Benefits: In financial master data management.EhP: 4) Description: A solution to maintain financial master data centrally in a corporate group with features like versioning of the master data and approval workflow. Less manual work due to automated distribution of master data changes. 9. time consistency is essentially for the customers for historical. and future validities of objects .1 Corporate Governance 9. Early Adopters: Large corporate groups that use several different systems for financial accounting.1. and reporting Headline: Improved consistency of master data within corporate groups Business Benefits: Sarbanes-Oxley-compliant governance process for corporate maintenance of charts of accounts. planning.

their relationship. 9.Corporate performance managementBusiness Benefits: Ability to maintain and manage master data in a central system: .Consolidation and planning system(s) (CPM) .Several operational systems (ERP) . That makes individual data models easier to understand and to maintain.1. Target Group: Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.2 Flexible data model for entities to be maintained in central MDM Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The metadata model of the master data is the foundation for financial MDM: it defines the persistence structure (database tables) of the entities.Customer-defined enhancements of data model Pain Points: Maintenance of financial master data in several systems: .Use of existing ERP tables as look-up tables .Group close . and their attributes.1.1. .Customers can use multiple data models at the same time.1.1.4 in one central system Class/Level of Innovation: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 59 Target Group: Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.Reporting system(s) (BI) Inconsistent data in different systems Significant effort for reconciliation in: .1.3 Flexible and comfortable maintenance 9.Reuse of existing data elements in SAP ERP . 9.Data Model delivered for standard SAP objects (example: chart of accounts) .

Business Benefits: Great flexibility and comfortable maintenance Target Group: Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.Customer-defined validations .Authorizations for entities and attributes Pain Points: The master data is used and maintained in several different IT systems: .1. 9. who.Customer-defined authorizations .5 System-controlled change process with flexible approval workflows Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Change request describes the business reasons for a required change of master data and controls the approval and execution of the actual changes.Several operational ERP systems .Reporting systems (BI) . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 60 Functionality / New Capability Description: .1.Mass change . attachments.Maintenance of hierarchies .Web UI with customer enhancements .A consolidation system . Change has to be assigned to an edition (status: in process). Change request ensures auditability of any change: what.Planning systems (CPM) Significant effort to maintain identical master data for a given period in a distributed system landscape. when. and comments . and why Textual description.

1. . Local compliance is supported by enforcing corporate chart of accounts and guidelines in local ERP systems Target Group: Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward. Target Group: Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward. Distribution preferably by enterprise SOA services (or upload and download) Pain Points: Distribution of the master data into the operative systems (example: new general ledger in SAP ERP Financials) and the system(s) performing the group close (like EC- CS and SEM-BCS)Business Benefits: Significant automation of the distribution process: reduce manual work and leverage fast close.S. 9.1. stock exchanges have to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act Sarbanes-Oxley rules require: Four eyes for certain transactions and changes: approval process Audit trail: tracking of history of changes and approvals Corporate CFO is responsible for compliance of local processes to corporate guidelines. several people have to be informed or have to approve a change before it becomes effective: No integrated approval process No central audit trail No historic versionsBusiness Benefits: Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act: Corporations listed on U.6 Automated distribution to consuming systems Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: Sets of changes of an edition are distributed to several systems. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 61 Reporting of change requests with status Pain Points: In an approval process.

2.1 Partly Exempt Organizations (BF: FIN_ACC_PEO . Partly exempt organizations can be used in the privat sector and in the public sector. In addition. the sales tax statement can be filed with the tax office.1. you can map in the system the company areas that are completely or partially exempt from paying tax.1 Tax handling for partly exempt organization Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New CapabilityDescription: With this feature. easy to use and profitable tax-exempt business scenarios.2 Financial Accounting 9. 02 (BF: FICAX_CI_2 . which handle VAT tax differently to the rest of the entity.Difficulties in preparing the sales tax statement for the local tax authority when running partly exempt organizations Business Benefits: Allows the handling of value-added tax (VAT) for partly exempt organizations Target Group: All customers who run partly exempt organizations 9. to implement fast.EhP: 4) Description: New functional capabilities have been provided that enable handling of value-added tax (VAT) for partly exempt organizations Early Adopters: Customers with partly exempt organizations Headline: Handling of Value-Added Tax (VAT) for Partly Exempt Organizations Business Benefits: This business function allows organizations with partly exempt organizations. With this information. tax reporting can be carried out to justify the tax exemption and deduction rate. Pain Points: . you can use a program for supplementary tax adjustments for variable tax deduction rates.EhP: 4) . You can define special tax codes for these areas and create tax reports as proof for the tax office. For a partly exempt organization. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 62 9.2. 9.Handling of value-added tax (VAT) for partly exempt organizations .2.2 Contract Accounts A/R and A/P.

use of ledger groups for doubtful receivables. fees. new archiving objects. Pain Points: Enhancements of the installment plan functionality. enhanced revenue distribution.1 Enhancements for installment plans Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan. group items for automatic clearing. business partner locks enhancements. and inflation surcharge based on the original items. new features for mass activities. which is necessary to fulfill Brazilian market requirements. and services for legal dunning and external cash desk 9.2 New mass activity for revenue distribution Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . installment plans are considered in year-end closing Target Group: Accountant 9.2.2.2. new mass activity for credit card payments. Calculation and posting of fines.2. Business Benefits: Because receivables with a due date more than one year in the future have to be reported separately. new extractors into SAP NetWeaver BI. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 63 Description: Generic development and enhanced functionality in the area of contract accounting Early Adopters: Customers with a large volume of business partners and documents to process Headline: Generic Development and Enhancements in the Area of Contract Accounting Business Benefits: Generic enhancements in contract accounting: enhancements for installment plans. Covers mail order business requirements for representing long-term payment agreements by installment plans up to several years. Special reporting tool for installment plans which allows the open item evaluation to take the deferred due dates into account.

Authorization concept is used at creation of business locks Pain Points: Customers can now set an end date for business partner locks by default and perform authorization checks Business Benefits: Automation and enhanced flexibility Target Group: Accountant 9.2. Pain Points: Lacking automation in revenue distribution Business Benefits: Automation of event-based revenue and cost distribution in scenarios like season ticketing with enhanced deferred revenues functionality Target Group: Accountant 9.2. Two reports for analysis are also offered.3 Business partner locks enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can set preconfigured end-dates for business locks.2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 64 The new mass activity for revenue distribution permits automatic posting of distributions.4 New mass activity for credit card payments Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Automatically mass-process credit card payments Pain Points: Missing mass activity for credit card payments Business Benefits: .2.

2.5 Group items for automatic clearing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can group selected items at automatic clearing Pain Points: Customers can now group selected open items during the automatic clearing process Business Benefits: Usability Target Group: Accountant 9.2.2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 65 Automation Target Group: Accountant 9.2.7 Use ledger groups for doubtful receivables Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both .2. and configure log classes Pain Points: Usability of mass activities Business Benefits: Usability and automation Target Group: Accountant 9.6 New features for mass activities Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: In mass activities you can predefine a preselection.2. use generic variants.

9 New extractors into SAP NetWeaver BI Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Payment and returns history can be extracted to SAP NetWeaver BI Pain Points: No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI Business Benefits: Better analytics Target Group: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 66 Description: You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables Pain Points: No ledger groups for doubtful receivables Business Benefits: Usability and more flexible handling of doubtful receivables Target Group: Accountant 9.2.2.8 New archiving objects Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents Pain Points: No archiving of revenues distribution and doubtful receivables documents Business Benefits: TCO reduction Target Group: Accountant and system administrator 9.2.2.

2.10 Service for legal dunning Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: You can use an enterprise service to communicate with external collection agencies and legal dunning organizations Pain Points: No interface for legal dunning and external collections agencies Business Benefits: Standardized communication Target Group: Collector 9. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 67 Accountant 9.2.2.11 Extended service for external cash desks Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Additional features of the enterprise service for external cash desks to be used in an internal scenario Pain Points: No option to use the service in an internal scenario Business Benefits: Use the service internally Target Group: Cashier and collector 9.12 Define champion and challenger collection strategies Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .2.2.2.

Target Group: Collection agencies 9. which are then assigned to the master data groups.2. Pain Points: Collection agencies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities Business Benefits: The new features allow testing the current collection strategies against alternative collection approaches. If the challenger strategy is more successful.13 Manage correspondence in interaction center Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Configure correspondence types Compose outbound correspondence Provide document management services Pain Points: Depending on its collection procedures. a collection agency needs to maintain various correspondence types Business Benefits: The new feature allows collection agencies to set up new correspondence types flexibly for collection purposes and use them in the context of SAP Collections Management Target Group: Collection agencies 9. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 68 The new feature allows defining test series for champion and challenger collection strategies.2.2.14 Enhanced revenue distribution Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . you can define challenger strategies. you can replace the current champion strategy to improve collections. For a certain percentage of your champion collection strategies.2.

GM Update: The Order.3 FI Localization Topics for Japan and South Korea (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_4 - EhP: 4) Description: FIN localization enhancements for Korea and Japan . Splitting of Business Partner Lines: The user can enter one Business Partner Line and more than one General Ledger Lines and the system splits the Business Partner Line into as many lines as General Ledger Lines in the document. Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as an input field when posting FICA documents using transaction FPE1. open items. Cost Center. Target Group: Revenue agencies 9.2. and WBS element are made available in the Grants Management Update for the receivable/payable line(s) coming from FICA.2.2.15 Fund accounting integration Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: FM derivation and update: the reconciliation account is replaced in the FM derivation by the general ledger account that results from account determination. and unassigned payments to final recipients Pain Points: Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically Business Benefits: The new feature allows revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues. Pain Points: Reporting according to fund accounting regulations Business Benefits: Enhanced reporting capabilities Target Group: Accountants 9. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 69 Consider distribution rates to distribute revenues.

Invoice Summary Enhancements for Japan Early Adopters: All Korean customers who plan to use SAP ERP 6. To determin a due date of BOE and payment method automatically depending on a business type of vendor during the automatic payment program. type of business. high payment running efforts and costs Business Benefits: Minimize manual adjustment and improve system automation. Tax code1. type of industry. Maintain the Korean specific fields(VAT reg. Headline: Localization for Continues Improvement of Tax Report and Automatic Payment Program Business Benefits: Legal compliance for South Korean against specific local time dependently fields for vendor and customers.3.0. Target Group: Impact all customers 9.4 Information Life-Cycle Management: Tax Auditing (BF: FIN_ACC_ILM - EhP: 4) Description: Extract all relevant data (master and transaction data) for doing tax audits with the retention warehouse after decommissioning the original system . Representative name) in vendor&customer master time-dependently. improve data consistency.1 Enhancement of Korean Tax Report and Automatic Payment Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: 1. Improve payment running efficiency and accuracy for South Korea customers. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 70 Tax reporting: to maintain Korea-specific fields time-dependently in the vendor and customer master Payments: to determine the due date of BOE in the authomatic payment program. Samsung Group will be Early Adopters. Pain Points: Legal compliance risks. 9.no.2. Improve system process automation and data consistency.2. 2. including new and installed based customers across all industries.

5 FI Localization Topics for Japan and Portugal (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_2 - EhP: 4) Description: FI-AA localization enhancements for Japan and Portugal : property tax (Japan). Headline: Archive the Data of a System to Be Decommissioned Business Benefits: The original system can be retired.4. will be stored in a separate archive system. It is possible to analyze the data at any time in the future in the retention warehouse. The financial data. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 71 Early Adopters: All customers who have to decommission an SAP system. the context data (master data and customizing) can also be stored in a archive system Pain Points: Decommission an SAP system Business Benefits: Reduce total cost of ownership Target Group: System administrator 9.1 Archive context data Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: In addition to the normal archive process.2. and MAPAS Fiscais (Portugal) Early Adopters: Corporate accounting Headline: Performance Improvement with Adobe Page-Split Functionality for Asset Accounting Reports: New Functions for Invoice Summary Business Benefits: .2. invoice summary enhancements (Japan). 9. including master data and customizing data.

5.1 Accessibility and performance improvement with SAP Interactive Forms Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The output of the report programs would be displayed in Adobe form.6. Performance of the report has been improved with the new Adobe split functionality.1 Periodic key exchange Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both . 9.2.2.000). The development is related to splitting output into smaller jobs (up to 200 pages each). Pain Points: Performance pressure in running reporting and inflexibility when tuning the length of PDF report Business Benefits: Performance optimization for running reports and improved processing capacity Target Group: Corporate accounting Credit Card Encryption: Periodic Key Exchange (BF: PCA_KEYV - PCA_KEYV . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 72 Asset accounting: performance enhancement for property tax.EhP: 4) Description: Periodic exchange of encryption keys used for payment card encryption according to the PCI DSS standard Early Adopters: Secure handling of payment card data in SAP ERP Headline: Support of periodic exchange of encryption keys for payment cards Business Benefits: Improvement of the security settings in SAP ERP for credit card handling 9. which makes the reports compliant with accessibility. and MAPAS fiscais reports are required because of the expected high volume of pages to be printed (up to 50.

EhP: 4) Description: Enables integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in SAP CRM in the interaction center (IC) Web Client Early Adopters: Service industries using FI-CA Headline: Integration of Dispute Management in FI-CA and SAP CRM Business Benefits: Integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in SAP CRM . In addition to the existing functionalities of an encrypted storage of credit card data in the system. which are already fulfilled by SAP ERP and industry applications. The encrypted. Business Benefits: The credit card key exchange improves secure handling of payment card data. Pain Points: The Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) standard comprises requirements for secure handling of credit card data for systems or applications. masked display of credit data in user interfaces. and so on. For decryption. Besides others. and the key versions that are no longer used can be deleted. it requires that encryption keys are exchanged periodically and are finally destroyed. The system always uses the most recent version of the key for new encryptions. old key versions are still used as long as data records for encrypted payment cards that have been encrypted using the old version still exist in the system.7 Integration FI-CA/CRM Dispute Management (BF: FICA_FSCM_CRM_DISPUTE . the keys to encrypt payment data can be exchanged periodically and keys that are not used any more can be deleted. stored credit card data can be migrated to the new key version. which is provided with this feature. It is possible to create an unlimited number of key versions. Target Group: Administrator triggering the key exchange and scheduling migration programs 9. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 73 Description: New key versions for credit card encryption can be generated with a new transaction.2.

balance sheet.1 Profit center assignment monitor Class/Level of Innovation: .1 Integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in SAP CRM Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Enables integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM Pain Points: Missing integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM Business Benefits: Integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM Target Group: Dispute managers and collectors 9.8. and profit-and-loss on additional account assignments Headline: Improved Business Process Control and Data Quality with Parallel Accounting and Additional Account Assignments Business Benefits: Customers will have more control and transparency in terms of fast close and parallel accounting 9.7.2.EhP: 4) Description: Improve closing (enhanced check of posting periods) Verify data transparency better (drill down from FI to CO data) Validate data quality using additional account assignments (profit center) Identify documents posted in new G/L ledger groups Early Adopters: Customers who want to have more transparency when performing parallel accounting using parallel ledgers.8 General Ledger Accounting 2 (BF: FIN_GL_CI_2 .2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 74 9.2.

2 Guided procedure for document split configuration Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The wizards are a step-by-step aid to perform the document split customizing. You can select the items and objects with specific profit center assignments or with missing assignments. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 75 Simplification / both Description: You can check the profit center assignment in sales order items and in real estate objects (RE-FX). especially when a profit-and-loss statement or balance sheet on the profit center level is required. Pain Points: When correct profit center assignments were missing. you can find and correct missing assignments more easily.2.8. You can get an overview list of all items and objects. Business Benefits: Faster and more consistent customizing of the document split function Better understanding of overall document split functionality Target Group: Users implementing document split customizing 9.2. Target Group: Users who are responsible for profit center-related reporting 9. postings were incomplete or incorrect. The advantage over following the IMG is that the system performs checks and document simulation on the basis of existing documents. Business Benefits: Using this overview. Pain Points: Customers had to be highly skilled in terms of document split customizing and functionality. Wizards now help understand the meaning of the relevant customizing views better and give hints on how to perform more consistent customizing. That caused problems.3 Drill-down reporting from FI to CO Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature .8.

Profit center and origin object type (example: cost center) information is a source for further drill- down into controlling reports.2. Target reports can be standard reports.2. controllers. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 76 Description: Additional drill-down functionalities from financial reports into controlling and financial reports.5 Separate check of posting periods for postings from CO to FI Class/Level of Innovation: . The target reports are called via a reporting interface. value reconciliation between profit centers and cost objects (origin objects). and less reconciliation effort Target Group: Financial accountants. custom or specific reports. RFBELJ00_NACC. some reports have been adapted so that the FI documents can also be selected via ledger group and a customer may sort the FI documents via the ledger group in the output list. Pain Points: No drill-down capabilities from profit center reports into controlling reports. and transactions.4 Ledger group-specific display of documents Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can select documents according to ledger or ledger group within EhP 4 using standard reports - RFBELJ00.8.RFBUEB00 You can use the selection for customer-defined reports that are related to logical database BRF Pain Points: FI documents can be posted to a specific ledger group. and . and persons responsible for profit centers 9. Therefore. transparency between FI and CO values. values at the profit center currently cannot be reconciled with controlling data Business Benefits: Better reporting integration from FI to CO. Business Benefits: Customers running parallel accounting using the ledger approach covering different accounting principles can now select documents according to the ledger group and increase transparency Target Group: Users who run reporting on FI documents 9.8. but the reporting on documents previously provided only selection via ledger.

Up to now. In general. These postings can now be handled via a separate (new) posting period interval. the leading financial statement .6 Ledger-specific check of posting periods Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Using the ledger approach within the new G/L in SAP ERP. Business Benefits: Period-end activities in the financial and controlling department can be executed one after the other without the necessity of organizational coordination.relevant for the consolidated financial statement . a posting to several ledgers was checked only against the posting period of the representative ledger. Smooth period-end closing process with fewer problems and errors can be executed.although from the viewpoint of finance. It opens the loophole that original FI postings still can be done . Pain Points: Checking the original FI postings and those being generated by controlling against one posting period interval causes the following problems: 1. Using CO real-time integration. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 77 Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: At the end of the period.needs to be completed earlier than the local financial statement.8. This function offers an option to check a posting to several ledgers (accounting principles) against the posting period variants of each ledger. the period should already be closed and no further postings posted in FI. each accounting principle is represented by its own ledger. 2. Controlling cannot ensure that there are no further postings in FI with cost elements to primary cost accounts before starting its period-end closing activities. Target Group: Personnel in the financial and controlling departments 9.2. the FI posting period had to remain open when postings from CO to FI are performed. CO creates postings that update FI. . Up to now. A different fiscal year variant using a different financial statement date can be assigned to each ledger. closing activities are executed. The time needed to close can be accelerated. Therefore posting periods shall be handled ledger-specifically.

This function simplifies this semantic check of GL posting data entry Pain Points: Accounting is the only source of truth of validated data. Using different fiscal year variants for different accounting principles. Example: a commission fee for a swap is to be entered against an HR cost center. it is necessary to check the posting periods for each accounting principle so that no postings affect the books of already closed (previous) periods. The assumption that all these semantic controls are done in the feeder application does not protect against errors in manual postings or in the feeder applications themselves. Target Group: Personnel in the financial department 9. That is especially true in applications not fully integrated with the G/L. A lot of statistical information (not purely relevant to statutory accounting) is carried therefore by G/L accounting documents. The posting period of the parallel accounting principles are determined based on those of the leading accounting principle.7 Validation of combinations of new G/L characteristics Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Postings to Fimay possibly result in accepted entries that are incoherent from the point of view of teh combination of additional accoutn assignments. closing activities for all accounting principles need to be finished at the same time and can't be handled independently. the system checks for each accounting principle (ledger) if the posting period is opened. A smooth period end-closing process with fewer problems and less organizational coordination can be executed. the consolidated close is finished at an earlier time. Incorrect combinations of data can lead to incorrect reporting. because accountants are responsible for legal reporting. This information must be valid and the combination of several items of statistical information must be semantically correct.8. Both account and cost centers are valid. but from a business point of view the posting does not make sense. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 78 Pain Points: From a system point of view. because reporting is based on this accounting proof information. . Using different fiscal year variants for different accounting principles. The time of close can be determined by each accounting principle.2. Business Benefits: The financial department can postpone the local close.

9. The creation of convergent invoices over multiple services and product lines will provide one bill to the customer. Discovery of incorrect reporting lines at month-end leads to time-consuming research and manual adjustment. Bill calculation enables you to receive and bill process- priced transactions (event detail records) with good performance. Event detail records (EDR) are process-priced transactions to create structured bill content.1 Import billing accounts and event detail records Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Import billing accounts from external systems: extract business partner items in delta mode. 9. invoicing. You can process priced transactions together with additional data (example: from order management) to create structured bill content. Target Group: Accounting departments running a lot of feeder systems and sending posting documents to the G/L (banking.EhP: 4) Description: Enablement of event detail records billing and convergent invoicing with FI-CAX.9 Billing and Invoicing (BF: FICAX_BILL_INVOICING . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 79 Business Benefits: When entering an accounting entry. and contract accounts for customers outside of traditional industries.2. which are then forwarded to the invoicing process. Early Adopters: Customers in traditional and other industries who handle a high volume of event detail records Headline: Enablement of Event Detail Records (EDR) Billing and Convergent Invoicing with FI-CAX Business Benefits: This business function enables the connection of billing. Properly validated accounting information can reduce the time to close by several days. dunning history in delta mode. The creation of convergent invoices over multiple services and product lines will provide the customer with one bill. and retail ) 9. all fields are checked to see if they exist. However. Import event detail records from external systems: import EDRs that are created in a rating . and SAP NetWeaver BI content based on business partner items and dunning history.2. combinations of the fields entered are never checked for validity. Fast close: by validating data individually and checking combinations of data like product group and customer group. insurance. the accounting close is accelerated because postings are checked when they are created and not at month-end during the close.

and integration with rating system Target Group: Operative employee 9. which defines which EDRs are to be billed.3 Financial Supply Chain Management . Billing in FI-CA also supports the billing of non- EDR-based invoice component. Integration of non-EDR-based invoice components. Business Benefits: Efficient import of billing accounts. such as monthly on the 15th day of the month. can be used. A comprehensive enhancement concept supports definition of project-specific EDR categories.9. a billing period is created. a billing period is created. Pain Points: Communication between customer relationship management (CRM) and the billing system. Billing documents are forwarded to the invoicing process. Billing orders are generated and processed by the billing process. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 80 system and process EDRs according to various categories. Target Group: Operative employee 9. such as a basic charge of a service charge.2 Creation of billing orders and billing documents Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Billing cycles. which defines which EDRs are to be billed. Effective processing of bills. Pain Points: Effective creation of billing documents including EDRs and non-EDR-based invoice components Business Benefits: Fast and efficient creation of billing orders to enable grouping and aggregation of EDRs. When a billing account is billed. fast and efficient import and storage of EDRs. When a billing account is billed. Communication between rating and billing systems. integration with SAP CRM. Standard interface to invoicing process.2. Billing in FI-CA also supports the billing of non-EDR-based invoice components.

Improved UIs enable wider reach and smooth process participation in the organization .1 Create.Customers who have head-office branch structures .Customers who need to connect multiple backend systems (FI-AR) to a central SAP Collections Management application Headline: Improved Flexibility and Openness in SAP Financial Supply Chain Management Business Benefits: .Customers with a need to integrate other applications with SAP Dispute Management . flexible custom-build user interfaces for credit limit request process Target Group: All customers who use or plan to use SAP Credit Management . Business Benefits: Easy integration of other applications to the credit limit request process in SAP Credit Management.Lower system maintenance costs through more flexible deployment options . change.1. Flexible user interfaces for credit limit request process.More efficient collection process 9.3. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 81 9.3. and search credit limit request via enterprise services Pain Points: Link other applications to the credit limit request process in the SAP Credit Management application.1 FSCM Functions 2 (BF: FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 .Lower integration costs .EhP: 4) Description: Service-enablement of and Web UI for dispute cases and credit limit requests.Customers with a need to improve the credit limit request process . multiple back-ends and head-office branch structures Early Adopters: . change and search credit limit requests via enterprise services Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: Create.

1. more flexibility for the UI.3. Need to build custom-specific user interfaces for SAP Dispute Management Business Benefits: Smoother integration.3. non-SAP CRM systems) to the SAP Dispute Management application. and ability for customers to build their own UIs Target Group: Customers who use or plan to use SAP Dispute Management 9. for example) Business Benefits: Creating credit limit requests made easy. and search dispute cases via enterprise services Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: Create. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 82 9. and search dispute cases via enterprise services Pain Points: Link other applications (for example. change.2 Create. change.4 New UI for changing dispute cases Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Allows users to change dispute cases via a Web-based UI . system-based collaboration of sales a credit department.3 New UI for creating and changing credit limit requests Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Allows users to create or change credit limit requests via an easy-to-use.3.1.1. Web based UI Pain Points: Creating credit limit requests by users who are not used to working with the traditional SAP GUI (account managers. and real-time information exchange between all participants of the credit limit request process Target Group: All customers who use or plan to use SAP Credit Management 9.

Different collection specialists can work on different subsidiaries .1. especially when customer numbers are not unique across all systems. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 83 Pain Points: Changing dispute cases by casual users.6 Collections with multiple back ends Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Allows users to manage business partners originating from multiple back ends in SAP Collections Management Pain Points: Challenge to manage business partners originating from multiple back ends in SAP Collections Management. integrate causual users in system-based collaboration Business Benefits: Changing dispute cases by casual users made easy through a Web UI.3.a common requirement in the consumer products industry. Structure collections call lists (work lists) according to subsidiaries. Business Benefits: . Target Group: All customers who use or plan to use SAP Collections Management 9.5 Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Help collection specialist collect receivables from customers with head office branch structures Pain Points: Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures.3. Allows users to structure a work list based on customer's subsidiaries. Target Group: All customers who use or plan to use SAP Dispute Management 9. Business Benefits: Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures made easy.1. No loss or delay of information because of no media breaks.

Customers with a need to integrate other applications with SAP Dispute Management . Business function FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION requires FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 to be switched on. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 84 Managing business partners originating from multiple back ends and possible overlapping number ranges enabled in SAP Collections Management Target Group: All customers who use or plan to use SAP Collections Management FSCM Integration 2 (BF: FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION .1 All features: see FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2.2. Pain Points: See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 .Customers who need to connect multiple back-end systems (FI-AR) to a central SAP Collections Management application Headline: Improved Flexibility and Openness in SAP Financial Supply Chain Management Business Benefits: .Customers with a need to improve the credit limit request process .Customers who have head-office branch structures .Lower integration costs .Lower system maintenance costs through more flexible deployment options .Improved UIs enable wider reach and smooth process participation in the organization .3.More efficient collection process 9. multiple back ends and head-office branch structures Early Adopters: .EhP: 4) EhP: 4) Description: Service-enablement of and Web UI for dispute cases and credit limit requests.

and credit card data. bank data. will be used and offered to the customer in a self-service. .EhP: 4) Description: Enable new funcionalities in SAP Biller Direct for customers using FI-CA: 1) Enable promise-to-pay in SAP Biller Direct and 2) Enable SAP Biller Direct to handle customer-defined fields during the selected process on bill data. In the SAP Biller Direct application.3. even if in fractional installments. address data.1 Promise to pay in SAP Biller Direct Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Open bills can be selected to create a promise-to-pay (P2P). and written confirmation can be chosen.Customers with high-volume call centers and high-effort collections who want to lighten the load at call centers by offering promise-to-pay via e-services . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 85 Business Benefits: See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 Target Group: See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 9. Furthermore. Early Adopters: . reason for the promise. consumers will be able to display and review their promises to pay. The start date and payment method for the payment rates can be assigned.3 Biller Direct. every channel and opportunity to collect payments.Customers who want to adjust or enhance screens in SAP Biller Direct with their own fields Headline: SAP Biller Direct: Promise-to-Pay and Customer Field Extensions Business Benefits: Promise to pay: Considering the increasing worsening of customers' payment behavior and default payment. Additional actions for contact and confirmation creation finalize the process.3.3. An eligibility check is performed to determine if the customer qualifies to initiate a P2P. consumers now have an option to select a predetermined type of payment arrangement to settle their debts. Promise to Pay (BF: FIN_FSCM_BD_2 . Customer field extension: the enhancement enables UI adjustments with reduced effort and thus lowers TCO. Permitted P2P type. 9.

High workload in interaction centers . Existing active P2Ps can be displayed with drill-down details and original items.3. Open invoices contained in a P2P are indicated with a drill-down option to display the details. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 86 A simulation screen with details for the promise to pay is displayed so that the customer can accept. reject. Business Benefits: Call centers have less load when customers can create promises to pay by themselves in a self- service.Credit cards The following is covered by this new development: . the work at call centers lessened and every option used to receive at least a deferred payment from the consumer.Worsening payment behavior 9. Pain Points: SAP Biller Direct customers and users of utilities customer e-services must give their consumers an option to initiate promises to pay as a self-service. Target Group: Industries using FI-CA that deal with: .Address data .Bank data .3. By providing this self-service. Customers can withdraw P2Ps. or create a new P2P.Two classes that hold the functionality for the extension .Bill information .2 Customer field extension in SAP Biller Direct Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Customer field extension (CFE) is applied to SAP Biller Direct processes: . Saving the P2P can create a contact (optional) and correspondence in FI-CA. Companies can exhaust every possibility to get at least a deferred payment instead of initiating extensive collections to dun these receivables. Mass-volume data .

Enhance all JCO calls to the back end so they also have the extension-table in the interface . Early Adopters: Customers who want to exchange business-to-business documents electronically with their business partners via supplier networks Headline: Built-In Capability to Connect to Service Providers for Business-To-Business Document Exchange Business Benefits: The billing consolidation connector combines SAP ERP functionality with a supplier network to provide a comprehensive solution for electronic document exchange.Put a BADI method in all wrapper methods in the back end Pain Points: Adjusting or enhancing the UIs in SAP Biller direct meant extensive effort in SAP Biller Direct implementation projects.4 Billing Consolidation Connector (BF: FIN_FSCM_BCONS_CON . the SAP software running on the service provider's document exchange . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 87 . The connection is tailored to meet the requirements of SAP Billing Consolidation.also enhance the function modules in the back end with this parameter .EhP: 4) Description: Billing consolidation connector provides a built-in capability to connect to service providers for business-to-business document exchange.1 Billing consolidation connector Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription: The billing consolidation connector provides a built-in capability to connect to service providers for business-to-business document exchange. The connection is tailored to meet the requirements of SAP Billing Consolidation.4.3. 9. including digitally signed invoices.3.Extend all actions to instantiate and clear the list at the beginning of each self-service . Business Benefits: The enhancement enables UI adjustments with reduced effort and thus lowers TCO Target Group: SAP Biller Direct customers or users of utilities customer e-services who want to adjust or enhance screens in SAP Biller Direct with their own fields 9.

The change is important where adjustments are required in prior periods when a different rate was valid. Allocations (BF: CO_ALLOCATIONS . Allows the activity rates and overhead rates to be read on the valuation date (prior-year rate) rather than the current calendar period. Business Benefits: The billing consolidation connector combines SAP ERP functionality with a supplier network to provide a comprehensive solution for electronic document exchange Target Group: Customers who want to exchange business-to-business documents electronically with their business partners via supplier networks 9. Early Adopters: Public sector organizations using multiple funding sources and funding types with varying timeframes for the fund expiration with a requirement to make timesheet corrections outside the current period. 9. Also allows realtime calculation of overhead costs rather than treating this calculation as part of the period close process. The customer doesn't need to install it separately. Calculations are based on a specific valuation date rather than the current periodic rate. Headline: Prior-Year Rates for Timesheet Corrections Business Benefits: Allows organizations with multiple sources of funding to report funds usage correctly when timesheet corrections are required outside of the current period. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 88 platform.1 Value retrospective timesheet changes at prior-year rates Class/Level of Innovation: . the customer can now easily and rapidly connect to these consolidator platforms.1.EhP: 4) Description: Enhancements to CO allocation tools for activity allocation and overhead calculation. so that costs corrected following a timesheet adjustment are properly stated. The realtime overhead functions may also be of interest to manufacturing customers wishing to trigger an overhead posting as each order confirmation is posted. With the connector delivered with SAP ERP.1 CO.4.4. Pain Points: This feature is now delivered with a standard SAP ERP package.4 Management Accounting 9.

Business Benefits: Correct recording of fund usage in complex public sector organizations.Enhanced straight-through-processing (STP) rates . Target Group: Timesheet managers and cost accountants who need to make retrospective corrections 9. and customers with connectivity to the SWIFT network Headline: Improve Compliance for Corporate-To-Bank Communication Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 89 Functionality / New Capability Description: Federal agencies allow timesheet corrections in the 13 months preceding the document date. With EhP 4 the product has been improved in terms of Simplification Early Adopters: Customers with a high demand for the management of outgoing payments. the funds usage must be adjusted to reflect the charge rate current at the time of the original data entry to the time sheet. should also be based on the values used for time recording. If timesheet changes have to be made retroactively. Increased accuracy in cost center accounting. funding usage must be extremely accurate.Enables standardization and automation of corporate to bank communication .5 Treasury 9. Follow-on functions. This process currently requires the modification described in SAP Note 699524. such as overhead calculation. customers with several cost-intensive corporate-to-bank interfaces. Where complex funding sources with multiple funding types and varying expiration timeframes are in place. If a retrospective change is made to the number of hours worked. the rate selected for the associated activity allocation should not be the activity rate valid at the time of posting. This component supports you when you monitor and release payment media in payment transactions with banks. the funding should also be updated based on the prior-period account adjustments. but the activity rate valid on the key date for the change.1 Bank Communication Management (BF: FIN_FSCM_BNK .EhP: 4) Description: This BF includes the functionality of Bank Communication Management shipped with EhP 2. Pain Points: Where multiple funding types and multiple funding sources are common.5.

Enhanced SEPA support Enhanced reporting capabilities Capability to assign additional approval users for dual control (Security) Pain Points: -Payment data is highly sensitive and requires sophisticated security processes to meet ever- increasing regulatory mandates -Security gaps during payment file transfer (authorization.Automated triggering of follow-up activities via BAdI . signature.Indicate urgent payments in the payment monitor .Improved service-enabling .1 Simplified and enhanced bank communication management Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: .High levels of manual processing. excessive exception handling.Missing straight-through processing Business Benefits: . and an overall lack of transparency into payment flows . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 90 .New services for paymemt advice .Transparent management of outgoing payments with no breaches on internal controls .Improved integration with cash management .5. and encryption are often not part of the solution) .Companies get an accurate and real-time view of their payment transactions .1.Standardization and automation of corporate to bank communication .Readiness for SEPA and UNIFI/ISO20022 standard 9. productivity losses.

Missing straight-through processing Business Benefits: . and encryption are often not part of the solution) . productivity losses.Optimization of processes and increased payment flow transparency through status monitoring .Enhanced straight-through-processing (STP) rates with end-to-end SWIFTNet integration . excessive exception handling. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 91 . and an overall lack of transparency into payment flows .High levels of manual processing.Readiness for SEPA and ISO20022 Target Group: Corporate treasurers 9.5. signature.1.Includes ES bundle for the creation and status tracking of payment orders as well as bank statements .2 Bank Communication Management (Enhancement Package 2) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Close integration with enterprise application functionality Logical structuring of payments into batches Multiple approval levels for outgoing payments Audit trail for payment approval decisions along with digital signatures for internal audit Analysis of payment status information and full payment-flow transparency as well as status monitoring for bank statements SWIFTNet Integration Pain Points: -Payment data is highly sensitive and requires sophisticated security processes to meet ever- increasing regulatory mandates -Security gaps during payment file transfer (authorization.Reduced maintenance costs by using global payment standards .

EhP: 4) Description: New accounting dimensions for cash management and forecast: business area (can now be turned off).5. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 92 Streamlined communication with house banks over a single communication channel (seamless SWIFTNet integration) Dramatically reduced TCO Significantly improved straight-through processing Increased payment flow transparency through status monitoring of payments and bank statements Enhanced compliance through multiple approval levels for outgoing payments Target Group: Corporate treasurers and payment factory 9.Customers with a high demand for splitting the results of a cash position and liquidity forecast by profit center or segment . By using these dimensions.2 CLM-CM. Additional Account Assignments (BF: FIN_TRM_CM_DIMENSIONS . and grant Early Adopters: .1 Additional account assignments for cash reporting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The SAP Cash Management instruments for cash position and cash forecast are enhanced with new accounting dimensions.5. fund.Customers from the public sector who split the results of a cash position and liquidity forecast by fund or grant Headline: Split Results of Cash Position and Liquidity Forecast with Additional Accounting Dimensions Business Benefits: Enhanced reporting capabilities of cash position and liquidity forecast by additional selection of general and industry-specific fields 9. the reports can be split according to business .2. segment. profit center.

Streamlines hedge management processes to ensure compliance . Early Adopters: Customers with a significant demand for hedge capabilities and other accounting functionality Headline: Streamlined Hedge Management Process to Eliminate Market Price Risk for Securities in Terms of Business and Accounting Business Benefits: . segment.Easy-to-use tracking of effectiveness and risk analysis with extensive logging functionality 9. Effectiveness tests. If new general ledger accounting is active in FI and document splitting is performed there for FI documents for the relevant account assignments (business area.3 TRM.3. Hedge Management for FAM (BF: FIN_TRM_INS_HM . segment.EhP: 4) Description: Streamlined hedge management process to eliminate market price risk for securities in terms of business and accounting. Pain Points: Demand for splitting the results of cash position and liquidity forecast with additional accounting dimensions Business Benefits: Enhanced reporting capabilities of cash position and liquidity forecast by additional selection of general and industry-specific fields Target Group: -Public sector industries with a need for reporting by fund and grant -Customers using additional assignments profit center. fund.Seamless integration of hedge management into accounting and position management to ensure a fast close .5.1 Position management and accounting . Securities and forward security transactions can be assigned and designated by using hedging relationships.First option to hedge securities by using forward security transactions . profit center. and grant. profit center. fund. segment 9.5. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 93 area (can now be turned off). you can define for which account assignments in cash management the system should consider document splitting. and hedge accounting are supported. documentation. and grant).

The effectiveness test can also be executed from the master data of the hedging relationship. The effectiveness test uses the dollar-offset-method to calculate the effectiveness of a hedging relationship. The results are stored and a history is available. integrated process of executing effectiveness tests (prospective and retrospective) within the system by using market data. accountants.3 Hedging relationship Class/Level of Innovation: . Target Group: Financial asset management department.2 Effectiveness test of hedging relationships Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Retrospective and prospective effectiveness tests are prerequisites to the use of hedge accounting. customers who wanted to hedge financial assets had to execute a tedious. Pain Points: Up to now. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 94 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Security position is split up according to different subpositions.3. and effectiveness test are currently not linked or reportable at a customer site. integrated process for hedging financial assets within SAP software Target Group: Financial asset management department. Pain Points: Significant manual effort to calculate the dollar-offset ratio outside the SAP software.5. hedging relationship. and risk manager 9.5. manual. Financial assets. Results of the effectiveness test are stored outside the SAP software. Business Benefits: Streamlined. accountants. That enables a customer to differentiate between hedged portions of a security and freestanding portions. and risk manager 9.3. and therefore error-prone process without the support of SAP software Business Benefits: Streamlined.

Business Benefits: Reduced number of external tools. Target Group: Financial asset management department. If prerequisites (examples: documentation and effectiveness test) are satisfied. users can create documentation automatically or manually (upload or enter). Business Benefits: By connecting the documentation of the designation and the hedging relationship within SAP software. The documents are stored with the document management service. and risk manager 9. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 95 Functionality / New Capability Description: Hedging relationships are used to assign hedged items (securities) to hedging instruments (forward security transactions). the manual effort needed for storage and linking to the business cases was significant and error-prone. accountants. Seamless integration of hedging relationships within position management by using subpositions to distinguish between the freestanding part of securities and the already designated or hedged portions. Lack of reporting capabilities on the levels of hedging relationships. Target Group: . the respective posting rules are used.5. Pain Points: Use of external tools to store the information on hedged items and hedging instruments to enable posting the results manually to the general ledger. customers have a single point of entry for information gathering during audits. the hedging relationship can be designated. hedged items. and hedging instruments.4 Documentation of hedging relationships (hedged item and hedging instrument) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New CapabilityDescription: Within hedging relationships. The documentation is one of the prerequisites for the use of hedge accounting. The automatic creation options significantly reduce the effort.3. As long as the hedging relationship is fulfilling the requirements for hedge accounting. Pain Points: Documentation had to be stored outside SAP software. Documentation and effectiveness tests are stored related to the hedging relationship and can be reported. and hedge accounting regulations can be used. Because the documentation is one of the parts that auditors investigate. Documentation can be easily created by using the automatic functionality based on PDF forms.

IFRS 7 and exposure integration to risk analyzer (NPV and VAR analysis of financial exposures).IFRS 7 reporting .Customer with a high demand for financial risk analysis . correspondence monitor for SWIFT messages MT3xx.1 Exposure management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . Early Adopters: .New product type for forward transactions on securities . Integration with Analyzer. for Commodities.5. accountants.EhP: 4) Description: Hedge and exposure management for commodities.Customers with a high demand for straight through processing of Swift messages Headline: Hedge and Exposure Mgmt.and MT 5xx.Straight-through processing of MT3xx and MT5xx messages as well as confirmation-matching process 9.Customers with a high demand for a tool to manage exposures (for foreign currency and commodities) as a prerequisite for hedge management . Forward stock transactions. Hedge and Exposure Management.5. and risk manager 9. SWIFT (BF: FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_2 .4 TRM. accounting enhancements.Customers with a high demand for hedge capabilities or other accounting functionality in the treasury area .Enables customers to handle commodity exposure and do hedge management and accounting for commodities .4. Straight through processing via correspondence monitor for MT300/MT500 Series Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 96 Financial asset management department.Enable customers to calculate value at risk and net present values for exposure positions .

320. 509. 543. Mitigates the risk of errors and therefore strengthens compliance and enables a fast close . and settlement - flexible output channel (MT and FAX) . 541. 546. 399. 395. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 97 Exposure management delivers an option to upload foreign currency and commodity exposures from various sources to group and track them over their lifetime and use them as hedge items in hedge management. 547. 502. 515. 544. 540. trading.Supports correspondence process in the area of confirmation handling. and 548 Pain Points: Time-consuming.2 Correspondence monitor Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .4. The exposures of the exposure management could be used to calculate NPVs or VAR in the market risk analyzer. The change in a lifetime of a exposure position is not stored and available for auditors Missing possibility to calculate net present values or value at risk for exposure positions Business Benefits: Manage and track the complete lifetime of uploaded exposures Option use uploaded exposures as hedged items in hedge management to reduce manual interaction in hedge management Helps get risk key figures for uploaded exposures Target Group: Treasury department Commodity trading desk Risk manager 9. 545. manual and error-prone process Business Benefits: Enables the customer to have real straight-through-processing from deal capture via correspondence matching to automatic accounting update. 536. Supports MT formats: MTs 300. Pain Points: Exposures (either foreign currency or physical commodity) lie in various systems and for hedging purposes they have to grouped and tracked.5. which then are needed for effectiveness testing or reporting. 542.

5. hedge item. Pain Points: Existing hedge effectiveness tests like dollar-offset method were unable to test effectiveness over multiple data points in a period Business Benefits: .5.3 Hedge of commodity positions Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Offers the option to use hedge accounting for commodity positions coming from exposure management by using commodity paper deals (futures and forwards) from the transaction manager Pain Points: Hedge accounting for commodity positions Business Benefits: Ability to do hedge accounting and management for commodity. FX. and interest risks in one solution and therefore to have only a single source of truth for hedge management and hedge accounting Target Group: Treasury department Accounting department Risk management 9. This tool allows a hedge effectiveness test based on linear regression analysis of exposure. and middle office department 9.4. and hedging instrument.4 New effectiveness test method Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Regression analysis compliance and reporting for IAS39 and FAS 133 hedge accounting standards in the area of effectiveness testing.4. asset management department. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 98 Target Group: Treasury manager.

5 Forward security transaction Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: .5. and treasury manager 9. and reduces error-prone manual work . and compliance officer 9. delivery at maturity.4. and F-statistic. Target Group: Treasurer. manages risk and compliance. in compliance with several accounting principles Pain Points: Time-consuming and manual process does not manage risk and compliance Business Benefits: Straight-through processing: option to hedge the market price risk of an underlying. you can evaluate an hedge relationship using a retrospective or prospective effectiveness test and calculate data points in the period. and cash or physical delivery). advance maturity. dividend adjustment. T-statistic. to determine the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. Pain Points: Time-consuming and manual process Business Benefits: Meets auditing requirements. value adjustment losses (VAD losses).5. risk manager. accountants. intercept. R-squared and adjusted R-square. management of risk and compliance Target Group: Asset management department. Regression analysis tool allows you to set parameters like slope.4. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 99 With regression analysis.6 Purchase GAAP accounting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The need to report values based on P-GAAP (next to the historical figures) is reflected by the introduction of three new book value components: value adjustment gains (VAD gains).Supports the life cycle of a forward security transaction (rollover. and original value adjustment (original VAD).

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 100 Target Group: Group accountants .

EhP: 4) Description: SAP HCM localization enhancements for Spain: Off-cycle payroll for Spain Early Adopters: Enhanced payroll processing for Spain Headline: Enable Off-Cycle Payroll Execution for Bonus Payments and Special Payments in Spain Business Benefits: For bonus payments and special payments in Spain. Separate pay slips will be generated for each off- cycle run. Target Group: Payroll specialists 10.1 HCM Localization Topics for Spain (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_5 . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 101 10 Human Capital Management 10.1 <general> 10.1.1.1 Off-cycle payroll for Spain for bonus payments and special payments Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: A payroll specialist can run the payroll for bonus payments and special payments in Spain separately before the scheduled regular payroll run. 10. a payroll specialist can run additional payroll processes before the scheduled regular payroll run. Business Benefits: Bonus payments and special payments need not wait until the pay day for the regular income.2 HCM Localization Topics for the Italian Public Sector (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_4 .1.EhP: 4) .1. Pain Points: Bonus payments and special payments need not wait until the pay day for the regular income.

public security.Complete solution to make the Italian public sector organization legally compliant .Social security report (DMA/INPDAP) .Payroll processing adapted for Italian public sector needs . healthcare. including: .Yearly financial declaration (F24) .2. and education Headline: Enable Specific Legal Reporting for the Italian Public Sector Business Benefits: .1. including defense.HR administrators for public sector organizations 10. regional. and local governments.1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 102 Description: SAP HCM localization for public sector in Italy Early Adopters: All Italian public sector organizations: national.2.1 Legal reporting for Italian public sector Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: It provides main legal reports for the Italian public sector.Contributive form (CUD) Pain Points: Enables them to be legally compliant with Italian public sector legislation Business Benefits: Enables public sector companies to be legally compliant with Italian public sector legislation Target Group: .2 Concurrent employment PS Italy Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature .Severa legal reports adapted for public sector needs 10.

1. but their solutions do not cover navigation in main screens (PAXX) or query capabilities. maintaining a link with the employee through the person_id and giving capabilities at the navigation and query levels.EhP: 4) Description: SAP ERP HCM localization for the public sector in Sweden . Pain Points: .It enables the concurrent employment functionality at the master data level. Currently.Legal reporting for PS Early Adopters: Public sector organizations in Sweden Headline: Enable Existing Public Sector Organizations in Sweden to Use SAP ERP HCM Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 103 Description: . It thus enables the customer to change the pernrs of their system. That means use of the person_id as an upper link of different pernrs in the same system.Concurrent employment . customers are developing their own customer solutions to solve this issue.New possible customers are asking for the same solution before implementation . This solution will take the first step to cover (in a standard way) the rehiring an company change problem in Italy and set the basis for the customers to return (slightly) to the standard.3 HCM Localization Topics for the Swedish Public Sector (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_6 .Customers will be able run consolidated reports for employees with more than one ID number.Large life customers will have a solution to cover the company change issue at the master data level . Business Benefits: .Collective agreements for PS .Some claims from customers about the product might be partially covered Target Group: HR administrators (public sector) 10.

10. Public sector customers can use concurrent employment (CE) functionality B.1 PS functionality for HCM Sweden Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: A. Payroll calculation algorithms specific to the public sector are available C.PS functionality makes the offer comparable to that of competitors Target Group: Customers in PS sector in Sweden: state offices.1.3.4 TNM/LSO Integration (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_8 .1 Training needs management for curriculum types and program courses Class/Level of Innovation: . Legal reports specific to the public sector are delivered Pain Points: There was no solution for concurrent employment in existing private sector solution Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 104 Public sector organizations in Sweden can perform personnel administration and payroll and legal reporting that is compliant with legislation valid for them. are supported in training needs management (TNM) Early Adopters: SAP Learning Solution customers who require training needs management Headline: Training Needs Management Enabled for SAP Learning Solution Objects Business Benefits: Training needs can be defined for SAP Learning Solution objects: curriculum types (DC) and program courses (EK) 10. municipalities. and universities 10.CE makes SAP ERP HCM usable in PS areas .EhP: 4) Description: SAP Learning Solution objects (curriculum type (DC) and course program (EK)).1. schools.1.4.

and Semimonthly Payment Business Benefits: New flexible payroll for Japan enables monthly.EhP: 4) Description: SAP ERP HCM localization enhancements for Japan: Pension (Japan) Flexible payroll (Japan) Early Adopters: Ajinomoto runs SAP R/3 Enterprise and plans to upgrade to SAP ERP 2005 in 2008 Headline: New Flexible Payroll for Japan Enables Monthly. weekly.5. biweekly. and semimonthly payment 10.1.1 Rehiring (retirement) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: . Weekly.5 HCM Localization Topics for Japan (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_3 . Biweekly.1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 105 Functionality / New Capability Description: Training administrators can plan training needs and valuate costs for curriculum types and program courses Basically all the functionality of TNM is supported for SAP Learning Solution objects Pain Points: Full functionality of SAP Learning Solution is unavailable in TNM No training needs management possible for advanced trainings like curriculum types and program courses Business Benefits: Training needs management is available for the full spectrum of SAP Learning Solution objects Target Group: Training administrators 10.

Defined benefit corporate pension 4. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 106 The project objective is elimination of legal noncomplaince of the HR/Payroll Japanese solution concerning calculation of retirement and rehiring payment Pain Points: Current HR/Payroll Japanese solution is not compliant with legal requirements concerning calculation of retirement and rehiring paymentBusiness Benefits: Mitigates the risk of legal compliance of HR/Payroll Japanese solution concerning calculation of retirement and rehiring payment Target Group: Payroll administrator 10.3 Corporate pension Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New CapabilityDescription: The corporate pension that corresponds to the third tier is a generic name of the following pension systems among private pensions. which are designed and managed by companies based on the law.5. biweekly.2 Japan: flexible payroll Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: New solution of JP flexible payroll that enables monthly. Tax qualified pension plan 3.5. biweekly.1. biweekly. and semimonthly payment Pain Points: 'the current payroll solution does not support weekly. Pension fund 2. Defined contribution pension . and semimonthly payment Business Benefits: New solution of JP Flexible payroll enables monthly. 1.1. weekly. and semimonthly payment Target Group: Payroll administrator 10. weekly.

Early Adopters: EDB is an ASP solution provider and a partner company to SAP in Norway Headline: Enable Existing Municipality Sector Organizations in Norway to Use SAP ERP HCM Business Benefits: Using the business function will enable the customers to use the standard municipality sector solution for Norway.1.1. Business Benefits: . the data model does not consider the corporate pension as a whole Business Benefits: The two key points in offering the solution covering the entire corporate pension scheme of Japan with SAP ERP HCM: 1. It also includes pension handling with a new infotype and corresponding payroll handling. Enhancement of the supporting system for the existing corporate pension scheme (pension fund) Target Group: Payroll administrator 10. 10. Pain Points: Customers had no solution for municipality sector employees in Norway.EhP: 4) Description: SAP ERP HCM localization topics for Norway: Basics for the municipality sector.6. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 107 Pain Points: In the current functionality of SAP ERP HCM.1 Municipality sector functionality for HCM Norway Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: This functionality will enable customers to maintain master data for employees belonging to the municipality sector and the corresponding payroll handling in payroll for Norway. which includes multiple position handling in master data and the corresponding payroll handling. Support for a new pension plan (defined benefit corporate pension and defined contribution pension) 2.6 HCM Localization Topics for Norway (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_7 .

Customers who focus on succession management and review and development of talent .Tailored processes for different roles according to context and business need Enhancements in job architecture and organizational foundation foundation Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: .Ensures accurate talent data when required in various business processes of talent management . and Talent to Update and Prepare Talent-Related Information Accurately and Efficiently Business Benefits: . .Customers who wish to prepare and perform these processes in a reasonable time with the support of a tool Headline: Empowers Managers. Qualifications can be stored on each level. Core Processes in Talent Management (BF: HCM_TMC_CI_1 - EhP: 4) Description: Delivery of core processes in talent management for managing succession and developing talent Early Adopters: . HR. those on a job family to jobs. Those belonging to a functional area can be inherited to job families. Qualifications on jobs are inherited to positions. A job family allows users to group one or several jobs (or positions).Addresses the needs of casual users involved in the talent management processes through appealing.The job architecture is enhanced by two new objects. user-friendly services .1 HCM. the functional area allows users to group one or more job families. the functional area and the job family. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 108 Manage master data and payroll handling for municipality sector employees Target Group: Municipality sector employees in Norwegian companies 10.2 Talent Management 10.2.Allows system-supported decision making .

Ability to retrieve accurate data quickly when required Target Group: . Pain Points: The previous job architecture lacked additional grouping options and was sometimes considered too static.1.2.Inability to keep talent data accurate for critical processes (example: talent reviews) . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 109 .2.1.This functionality allows users to update the talent-relevant information of an employee accurately .Employees 10.Tedious consolidation of data from multiple sources and programs Business Benefits: .Positions and jobs can be marked as key positions and jobs for succession planning.Talent management specialists .2 Talent profile Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / bothDescription: .Update can be performed by managers.Managers .Store and update talent data in a single source . depending on the context Pain Points: .3 Talent review Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .New and richer information can be entered . or employees. Business Benefits: Provides the flexibility to group jobs and positions according to more flexible criteria and views Target Group: . Customers often considered creating grouping options on their own. talent management specialists.Talent management specialists 10.

1.Conducting meetings based on paper or with a static presentation Business Benefits: Interactively review and calibrate talent and follow the changes and agreements on talent with the projected screens Target Group: . such as identifying successors for key positions .It allows to view update succession information.In addition.The functionality of talent reviews allows users to prepare and conduct talent review meetings .This feature allows users to determine key positions .Managers .Time-consuming preparation .Talent management specialists 10.It provides an ability to monitor the successor bench strength of key positions at a glance Pain Points: .The preparation allows users to define the participants and easily link talent who will be discussed as agenda topics .It can compare successors with others and with key position requirements . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 110 .Before the meeting takes place managers need to assess their talents according to performance and potential. .2.A talent review meeting allows users to discuss and review talents interactively by viewing talent data . handouts for preparation can be printed .Interactive calibration of talents is allowed as well as the storage of confirmed results Pain Points: .4 Succession planning Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .It can rank successors by priority and determine their readiness for a key position .

2.5 Talent development Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .0 .Customers who are implementing or live on SAP E-Recruiting 6.EhP: 4) Description: User interface for SAP E-Recruiting. and search user interface Early Adopters: . .Customers who want to provide a better candidate experience . improved handling of all activities and mass activities. candidate profile.1.2 HCM.Talent management specialists .2.Talent management specialists 10.Customers looking to improve the quality of hires through more effective screening and selection .Various types of development actions can be set up. SAP E-Recruiting 2 (BF: HCM_ERC_CI_2 . graphically appealing interfaces to view and especially to maintain information on succession Business Benefits: Address the needs of HR users and managers who wish to safeguard selected key positions efficiently Target Group: .Managers .The development of talent requires development plans to be set up as a follow-up to review meeting or succession decisions . Web services for third-party services. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 111 Lack of user-friendly.Managers 10.Progress and quality can be measured on actions or plans Pain Points: Setting up development actions for special programs Business Benefits: Set up and monitor the development of talentTarget Group: .

1 Simplified user interface for the new role of recruiter Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: The new portal role of recruiter includes fast access to and a task overview of all necessary activities like candidate or requisition quick searches. view new applications. and HR consultants.Improves the recruiter experience and daily work with the SAP E-Recruiting application . Target Group: Lead (senior) recruiters.Reduces drop-off rates for applicants .2. requisition creation services. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 112 Headline: Streamline the Hiring of Talented Personnel with Enhancements for SAP E-Recruiting Business Benefits: Helps organizations recruit and hire top talent more efficiently . the recruiters aim at direct access from the work center to the tasks carried out within the system. HR assistants and prescreeners. it is essential for a recruiter to get an overview of the basic data of a candidate in an easy way. but nevertheless the recruiter's personal rating of the candidate is also required.2.2 Candidate profile Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: When working with candidates.2. the system provides a lot of tools to support the recruiter in making decisions.Guarantees better end-user satisfaction for SAP E-Recruiting. 10. In addition. and so on in the e-recruiting area Pain Points: One central page where users (recruiters) find their work and tasks Business Benefits: The goal of the main user (recruiter) as such is to see all relevant information guiding daily work at a glance: open requisitions. and have fast access to a quick search.2. fast activity creation options. which means better usability for the entire recruiter role 10. Further. the . Of course. because the recruiter has to decide about the candidate's suitability for a job or the candidate's suitability for the company and perform according actions on this candidate.

coordinating with hiring managers. Pain Points: The candidate's data is easy to find. such as prescreeners. On average. for example. At the same time.2. Pain Points: Recruiters and the roles that support them.4 Activity management for applicant tracking Class/Level of Innovation: .2. and HR consultants 10. depending on the position in question. and so on. and easy to understand Business Benefits: Smooth and easily understandable candidate profile. HR assistants and prescreeners. which can be reached from separate components of SAP E-Recruiting Target Group: Lead (senior) recruiters. evaluating candidates. HR assistants and prescreeners.2. an overview of how many candidates have either applied or been assigned to the requisitions they are working on and how the candidates are distributed among the different stages in the recruiting process. recruiters are processing 15-25 requisitions at the same time. That means that recruiters have a lot of data to manage at the same time and a lot of information to keep track of. all while they are performing applicant tracking. Business Benefits: Making a point of information readily available and easily accessible will help recruiters do their job more efficiently Target Group: Lead (senior) recruiters.3 Candidate selection list Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The main objective of recruiters is to hire the best people for an organization as quickly and efficiently as possible. therefore need an efficient way to organize their tasks and to get information about their requisitions and candidates quickly. and HR consultants 10. each with between 5 and 500 applicants. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 113 recruiter has to get an easy overview about the actions that have already performed on the candidate to decide about the next steps.2. They need. recruiters needs to keep a record of what actions or activities have been carried out on candidates: they need to perform applicant tracking. easy to read.

5 Work center for the role of recruiter Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Recruiters and their supporting colleagues need to rely on a variety of tools that support them in reacting quickly and smoothly to the requirements of their daily work. HR assistants and prescreeners. Target Group: Lead (senior) recruiters. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 114 Functionality / both Description: Activity management (or applicant tracking) is the core of any recruiting system. and they therefore need to keep track of all interactions with candidates. and HR consultants 10. to ensure that the proper process is being followed. This is important for a couple of reasons. an organized work center with the necessary access possibilities to various activities like candidate or requisition quick searches. These activities need to be recorded or tracked. As part of the recruiting process. recruiters need an appropriate system entry page like a pilot has when looking into a airplane's cockpit. Another reason is for reporting. Pain Points: The primary goal of this work center is that the recruiter needs a better and more usable access to and a faster overview of daily tasks via a work center. Some activities need to be combined into one overall activity. Business Benefits: Activity management needs to get less complex and easier to use.2. is strongly desired. All these functionalities should be triggered from the work center.2. The first is for legal compliance reasons. or fast activity creation possibilities. To ensure fast and smooth access to their necessary daily activities. Pain Points: Many recruiters view activity management as purely administrative work that does not help them with their primary goal of finding and hiring the best people as quickly as possible. In many countries companies need to be able to prove that they are recruiting fairly. As a support for the fast access and task overview needed. recruiters carry out different actions or activities with candidates as they evaluate them and take them through the recruiting process. That sometimes leads to recruiters doing a large portion of their recruiting work outside of a recruiting system and then only later recording the minimum of activities to satisfy management and legal compliance. requisition creation services. .

New UI for requsisition management. and prescreeners. and HR consultants 10. and HR consultants 10. Customers often regard creating and maintaining requisitions and postings as too complex in the current solution.2. new and easy status handling for the requisitions is included. Also. that is lead (senior) recruiters. The main need is to convert the recruiters' front end from BSP to Web Dynpro technology to get straightforward navigation in the requisition management process. Business Benefits: New process for requisition management. can have access later on to their own role-specific data needed in their daily business through the work center.6 Requisition management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / bothDescription: This functionality includes the creation of requisitions and postings and maintenance. HR assistants and prescreeners. all other HR-relates personas which were evaluated during the roll-in project. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 115 Based on the comprehensive role definition for the recruiter.7 Simplified user interface for the new role of recruiting administrator Class/Level of Innovation: . They do not want to jump into another container sequence for publication and posting.2. HR assistants. The fact that the process is divided up into three parts (requisition. HR assistants and prescreeners. and posting) confuses customers. Pain Points: Problem with existing usability in the requisition area. publication.2. Business Benefits: The purpose of the recruiter's work center is to bundle functionalities that are needed by recruitesr to do their work as quickly and efficiently as possible Target Group: Lead (senior) recruiters.2. Target Group: Lead (senior) recruiters. Simplification of the user interface and improvement of usability concerning requisition creation and maintenance by replacing sequences by tabs reduces the number of fields that are necessary to give all required information and groups several containers into one tab.

but it should be more user-friendly and easier to handle Target Group: Lead (senior) recruiters. and retaining employees. HR assistants and prescreeners. hiring. The role is typically used by a customer's system support groups (who support external as well as internal end users) or from HR system power users. ranking. an online system recruiting administrator is needed to support end users involved in the recruitment cycle with questions about user administration.Quick implementation Target Group: System administrator of SAP E-Recruiting 10. Business Benefits: The purpose of the recruiting work center is to bundle functionalities and services that are needed by recruiting administrators to work as quickly and efficiently as possible. through attracting. sorting. from planning and budgeting. Pain Points: The existing search UI is not user-friendly and is very complex. promote their professional development.8 Search Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: SAP E-Recruiting provides functionality that helps companies find new employees.Minimal configuration effort . A lot of functionalities have to be covered by the search solution. The application handles almost the entire process chain. monitoring of activities and so on. filtering. system errors.2. The diversity of functions includes electronic screening. Pain Points: Cumbersome maintenance of recruiting system: customers had difficulties in configuring recruiting data in SAP E-Recruiting due to its complex and powerful configuration options. and retain them in the long term. .2. and so on. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 116 Simplification / both Description: In many processes during the overall recruitment cycle. employ them in positions that suit their capabilities. The existing UI is unusable for a the recruiter or prescreener. Business Benefits: This UI should provide (at least) the same functionality as the current search UI. central data maintenance. and HR consultants .

EhP: 4) Description: Performance management (also known as objective setting and appraisals) has additional functional and usability enhancements that address cascading goal capabilities.2. Performance Management 01 (BF: HCM_OSA_CI_1 .Implementation optimized due to cascading goals functionality as part of performance management. .2. and a user interface for a specific performance management process.Customers who are using this application in an active mode . enhanced SAP Learning Solution integration.Customers who want to set up and align corporate. . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 117 10. departmental.Customers who want to set courses as mandatory and directly book courses in an appraisal document . departmental and team goals are defined before the individual employee goals are set up. and team goals can be created and cascaded to the corresponding employees.Minimized configuration effort and quick implementation due to a predefined performance management process available.Customers who want to use this user interface for a specific performance management process Headline: Enable Cascading Goals. Business Benefits: .Process limitations: as part of the yearly performance management process often corporate. departmental. and team goals .Lack of an overall view of all goals (strategic and individual goals) are displayed in the employee's appraisal documents.3 HCM.3.1 Cascading goals Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Corporate. and Use Simplified User Interface for a Specific Process Business Benefits: . Enhance Integration with SAP Learning Solution. Pain Points: .Improved process efficiency due to enhanced integration. . 10. Early Adopters: .

Courses can be set as mandatory in an appraisal document Pain Points: Process limitations: as part of the employee's goal setting.3.3. departmental. Business Benefits: Improved process efficiency due to enhanced integration (users can set courses as mandatory directly in an appraisal document) Target Group: The user who is responsible for goal setting in an appraisal document (manager or employee) 10.2.2 Enhanced SAP Learning Solution integration Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Enhanced SAP Learning Solution integration provides the following new capabilities: .3 Simplified user interface for a specific process Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: This user interface is for a specific performance management process.Quick implementation . Pain Points: Cumbersome maintenance of appraisal templates: customers found it difficult to configure appraisal templates in the appraisal template catalog due to its many and powerful configuration options Business Benefits: .Implementation optimized because now the customers can use performance management for setting up corporate. the user needed to exit the appraisal document to jump to another application. mandatory courses defined. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 118 .2. and team goals Target Group: Managers at any organizational level 10. To proceed with that.Minimized configuration effort .

Early Adopters: . (Example: It can be defined which elements to group under which tab in the appraisal template. easier status handling and changed layout of appraisal documents (example: tab configuration possible).2. Simplification includes: .) . . .4 CA.Simplified appraisal document overview/entry page for appraisers.Web page for administrators to administer appraisal documents. If enabled. evaluations.2. . Evaluations. . Evaluations and Surveys 01 (BF: CA_HAP_CI_1 .4. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 119 Target Group: Customers looking for a specific predefined performance management process with reduced configuration options and fast implementation time 10.Web access for administrators to administer appraisal documents. Headline: Simplification of User Interfaces Based on the Cross-Application Component for Appraisals. As part of the page. and Surveys Business Benefits: .1 Simplified user interface Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / bothDescription: This cross-application component can be used as basis for having a WebDynpro user interface for Performance Management. or downloaded.Customers who are using this cross-application component in an active mode . and surveys based on Web Dynpro ABAP.Enhanced process support.Web entry page to access appraisal documents (work list view). Appraisals.Customers who do want to use this Web Dynpro ABAP user interface for Performance Management (also known as Objective Setting and Appraisals) to create appraisal documents. 10. From there appraisal documents can be created. mass creation of appraisal documents can be enabled.EhP: 4) Description: An additional user interface has been provided to enable the creation and maintenance of appraisals.Simplified appraisal document overview/entry page for appraisees. accessed. mass creation of appraisal documents is possible.

5 CA. and administrators who want to maintain or view appraisal documents.2. .Customers who are using concurrent or global employment in an active mode .Layout limitations: note fields were quite small and different elements could not be grouped under one tab to have a more structured appraisal document Business Benefits: .Customers who want to use qualifications with concurrently or globally employed employees Headline: Qualification Enablement to Support Concurrent and Global Employment Business Benefits: .Cumbersome maintenance of appraisal documents: users had difficulties in seeing where they were in the process and the next step of the process.Overview of the appraisal document's progress and easier status handling in the appraisal document Pain Points: . 10.EhP: 4) Description: New functional capabilities have been provided that enable handling of employee qualifications for concurrently or globally employed employees Early Adopters: . and easier use of appraisal documents Target Group: Appraisers.2. a more user-friendly display.Customers can choose the simplified user interface. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 120 .1 Qualifications at person ID level Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .Offers more precise information on an employee's existing qualification 10.Ensures accurate employee records .5.Eliminates time-consuming and expensive administrative tasks . Employee Qualifications for Concurrent/Global Employment (BF: CA_PA_CE_GE_QUALI . appraisees.

EhP: 4) Description: 1. the change will be effective for all personnel assignments .2.Reduction of administration effort.All authorized employees have access to all qualifications of the employee (independent of personnel assignment) . Customers who are using training and SAP Event Management but not SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning. Learning Solution 02 (BF: HCM_LSO_CI_2 .Employees who maintain or view their qualifications 10. Offline course distribution.Managers and administrators who maintain or view an employee's qualifications . The above features are available with both SAP Learning Solution (LSO) & Enterprise Learning (EL) (SAP EL = SAP LSO 600 + Enhancement Pack 2 + Virtual Learning Room feature) Early Adopters: 1.6 HCM. Existing customers of SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning. changed. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 121 . Learning management for team 3.Transactions and reports (like profile match-up) dealing with qualifications to show them at the person ID level Pain Points: . delimited.Qualifications are maintained at person ID level and not for every personnel assignment . Concurrent & global employment support 4. 2.If a qualification is created. Portal role for training administrators 2. BI data source for course appraisals 6.Applications dealing with qualifications (like profile match-up) are able to show and maintain qualifications at the physical person level in a proper and holistic manner Target Group: .Incorrect or irritating handling of qualifications in profile match-up in case of concurrently employed employees Business Benefits: . Rapid content publishing 5. .Cumbersome maintenance of qualifications for concurrently or globally employed employees . qualifications are not maintained several times for the same employee . or deleted.

Varying training needs of learners with concurrent or global assignments can be effectively managed. 2.6. 5. 10. 4. E-learning courses can be distributed to remote locations with limited network connectivity through CDs and progress can be updated online. Working in this manner requires the user to be well trained on these transactions. Managers can actively manage the learning activities of their teams. Activities include: Scheduling courses Managing participation Monitoring resources and capacities Following up on courses Managing mandatory course assignments Managing course-related correspondence Administrators are also provided and alerted with specific work lists that help them to keep track of courses' readiness. 6. and so on Pain Points: Training administrative activities are usually performed through SAP GUI interfaces in the SAP Learning Solution back end. . Publishing e-learning content is faster and simpler. Course administrator portal role provides a simpler and more effective means of performing day- to-day training activities. booking levels. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 122 Headline: Simplify Learning Management with SAP Learning Solution Business Benefits: 1. Organizations can report and analyze learners' appraisals of courses. 3.1 Course administrator portal role Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: Training administrators can perform all their day-to-day activities through an intuitive and Web- based interface.2. and thus use the information to improve training programs.

6. Managers can now manage mandatory course assignments for their team members: they can assign new mandatory assignments and change or delete already-specified assignments. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 123 This new portal role enables training administrators who are not trained in the SAP GUI to perform routine training administration tasks without extensive training. managers would be able to do so. They can also add courses as mandatory for their team members. They can book their team members for specific courses directly.2. managers can view the qualification gaps and suggested learning courses for their team members. and capacity-related alerts.2.2 Learning management services for managers Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Managers can manage the learning activities of their team members much more effectively. Business Benefits: This feature allows managers to take an active role in managing their teams' learning activities and thereby manage the overall talent in their teams. but they cannot book them for such courses directly. They can also track if such courses have been booked by the team member. booking. Pain Points: Currently. Target Group: Managers 10. Target Group: Training administrators 10. Business Benefits: The course administrator portal role provides a simpler means of performing regular course administrative activities.3 Rapid content publishing Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / both Description: . The regular activities of a course administrator are arranged in logical work centers that will help them to access information easily and act on it. With this feature. The portal role also includes work lists that help administrators be aware of course readiness statuses.6. resource fulfillment statuses.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 124

This functionality allows content publishers to publish e-learning content to the content repository
through a simple Web-based interface. Content developers can store their content in a central FTP
folder. The content can then be published through the interface by providing the FTP address. The
status of whether the content was correctly published can also be checked online.

Pain Points:
Content publishing is usually done through the authoring environment tool which is a part of SAP
Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning. Checking in and publishing is a multistep process that
involves several clicks. The new user interface would allow this activity to be done with a single user
interface and with a minimum number of clicks.

Business Benefits:
1. Content publishing is made faster and simpler.

2. Users do not have to wait till the content is published, but can track the status later.

3. The authorization for content publishing can be more controlled. Content designers can simply
develop the content and store in a central FTP location. They do not need any online connection to
SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning. Then, only authorized users can publish this content
to the central repository.

Target Group:
Content administrators and course administrators

10.2.6.4 Enablement of concurrent and global employment

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both

Description:
SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning can now support learning management for
employees with multiple or global assignments (concurrent and global employment). Employees
having multiple assignments might have varying training needs according to each assignment. For
instance, they might have different qualification gap analysis results based on their qualification
profile comparison with each of the position that they hold. That requires them to take different
courses to fill these gaps. Course bookings might need to be authorized by different managers. SAP
Enterprise Learning is now built considering these points and has appropriate processes from the
perspectives of the learner, administrator, instructor, and manager.

Pain Points:
Currently, handling learning activities for a learner with multiple assignments might need
inconvenient procedures for organizations. For instance, a learner might need different logins to
view or access learning activities related to different assignments. With this feature, such
inconvenient methods are unnecessary. At every process, users will be able to differentiate between
the different assignments and will be able to perform activities pertaining to specific assignments.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 125

Business Benefits:
1. Learning for learners with multiple assignments can be more effectively managed. 2. Learners can
get a holistic picture of all their learning activities for all assignments and can differentiate them
based on their assignments. 3. Administrators and managers can manage and report on the learning
activities of specific assignments of learners. 4. Instructors with multiple assignments can manage
the courses that they conduct as a part of their different assignments.

Target Group:
Learners, course administrators, instructors, and managers

10.2.6.5 BI data sources for course appraisals

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
Learners can give feedback on courses that they took through the Learning Portal. The new
functionality provides predefined data sources that customers can use to build their own BI reports
to report and analyze feedback data. For instance, the data can be used to improve specific aspects
(such as content, duration, and so on) or the entire training program.

Pain Points:
Currently, there are no standard reports that enable organizations to analyze feedback given on
courses.

Business Benefits:
Evaluating training feedback is the first level of assessing training effectiveness (example:
Kirkpatrick's model for assessing training effectiveness)

Standard data sources that extract all possible information needed for reporting on course appraisals
are delivered with the solution. Customers can use these data sources and build BI reports that will
suit their business requirements. A BI report developed in this manner can offer valuable
information about course effectiveness.

Target Group:
Training departments

10.2.6.6 Offline course distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 126

The new feature allows e-learning courses to be stored and distributed through CDs. Learners can
take the course from the CDs. Progress can be then synchronized online. This method is particularly
effective when learners are located in disparate, remote locations with limited connectivity to a LAN
or the Internet.

Pain Points:
Limited connectivity or connectivity with low bandwidth capabilities can be a hindrance to
implementing a learning strategy that involves e-learning or Web-based learning methods. For
instance, learners might find that it takes a longer time to go through e-learning courses or the
connectivity gets lost in between. This feature allows organizations to bypass this limitation and still
effectively implement e-learning strategies.

Business Benefits:
1. Courses are distributed and taken offline, overcoming network limitations. 2. Courses from a CD
can be copied to learners' PCs and taken individually. That saves bandwidth when compared to all
learners taking the course online. 3. Connectivity is needed only to synchronize learners' progress in
SAP Enterprise Learning. 4. That is also suitable when it is expected that a group of learners is to
take a set of e-learning courses at the same time.

Target Group:
Learners and training departments

HCM, Enterprise Compensation Management 01 (BF: HCM_ECM_CI_1
HCM_ECM_CI_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:
New functionality enhances the compensation planning and approval process with multilevel
approval, notifications, and tracking; additional reporting capabilities; and support for HR
administration for mass changes of matrix values and additional configuration options.

Early Adopters:
- Customers who use Enterprise Compensation Management in active mode

- Certain enhancements require active use of SAP Manager Self-Service

- Customers who wish to reduce administrative costs associated with compensation processes

Headline:
Additional Functional Enhancements for Enterprise Compensation Management

Business Benefits:
Customers now have an option to use:

- Enhanced planning and approval functionality

- Additional reporting capabilities

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 127

- Enhanced HR administrator functionality

10.2.7.1 Enhanced planning and approval functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / bothDescription:
A new planning overview screen displays the planning information on an organizational level,
including an overview of the budget information (allocated, spent, and deltas). The user can drill
down to view data for the organizational hierarchy, view the status of approval (including tracking of
changes made to the planning by subordinate managers), view the planning data for the employees
for organization(s), and approve on organizational level. Notifications and multilevel approval
process are customizable by the customer.

Pain Points:
- Lack of flexibility and functionality to support the planning and approval process to allow for
multilevel approval and direct changes to the planning by higher level managers.

- Lack of budget roll-up and allocation information which is needed to supports managers with the
planning and approval of their organizational hierarchy.

Business Benefits:
Increased flexibility and functionality to support the planning and approval process that allows for
multilevel approval and direct changes to the planning by higher level managers.

Target Group:
The higher level manager who approves the planning for subordinate managers.

10.2.7.2 Additional HR reporting capabilities

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
There are several reports to support HR with administering the compensation process. The reports
support the planning process and progress (example: data on the status of planning by manager and
organization), auditing the process (example: tracking of infotype 759), and additional administration
tasks (example: changes made to compensation data).

Pain Points:
Customers require more information to support the monitoring and following up.

Business Benefits:
Enhanced data visibility into actions and statuses associated with the company's compensation
processes.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 128

Target Group:
HR and compensation administrators

10.2.7.3 Enhanced HR administration functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
The HR administrator is provided enhanced functionality to make changes (adjustments, deletion,
and so on) to certain compensation records en masse. Corresponding reports for the functionality is
noted in the additional HR reporting capabilities feature. In addition, functionality supports changes
to guideline matrix values en masse.

Pain Points:
- Manual changes on an employee or record level, which is time-consuming and prone to errors.

- Lack of information to support auditing of changes and provide an overview history.

Business Benefits:

Reduced effort and processing time due to the enhanced functionality to make mass
changes.Target Group:
HR and compensation administrators

10.3 Workforce Process Management

10.3.1 CATS classic for Concurrent Employment (BF: CA_CATS_CE - EhP: 4)

Description:
Concurrent employment relates to functionality for employees who have several personnel
assignments within one company. This business function enables the employees to record their
working times for all personnel assignments in one cross-application time sheet (CATS classic).

Early Adopters:
SAP ERP customers in public sector, higher education, and health care for all countries in which SAP
provides a concurrent employment solution

Headline:
Enhanced CATS Classic with Concurrent Employment Functionality

Business Benefits:
Optimizes business processes across concurrent employment (CE)

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 129

Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees,
decentral time administrators, and the central human resources department

Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Ensures accurate employee records

10.3.1.1 Enhanced CATS classic with concurrent employment functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
Provides concurrently employed end users and decentralized time administrators with a person-
related view for CATS classic

Allows time entry on multiple personal assignment in one person view

Pain Points:
No option for concurrently employed employees and decentralized time administrators to enter time
data within CATS classic for several personal assignments in one person view

Business Benefits:
Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel
assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees,
decentral time administrators, and the central human resources department

Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Target Group:
Employees, decentralized time administrators, and a central human resources department

10.3.2 HCM, Personnel Actions for Concurrent Employment (BF:
HCM_CE_PA_PA - EhP: 4)

Description:
Enhanced transaction PA40 for multiple personnel assignments

Early Adopters:

Concurrent Employment Customers

Headline:
Handle Personnel Actions (Hiring, Termination, or Long-Term Absences) for Employees with Multiple
Personnel Assignments

Target Group: Customers using concurrent employment 10. the system now provides an option to reassign data from a terminated assignment to a remaining assignment. Pain Points: In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality. Business Benefits: The process for an organizational change resulting in a change of the legal employer has been simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy. the system now supports the process of terminating the old personnel assignment and creating a new one with an option to transfer data into it.2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 130 Business Benefits: Streamline processes for employees who have multiple personnel assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden of the HR department 10.1 Organizational change Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: When changing organizational data that results in a change of the legal employer. This system limitation is inefficient and could have a negative impact on data accuracy. the system requires a user to process two personnel actions for an organizational change that results in a change of a legal employer without an option to transfer data. The termination action can also be connected to the transactions for quota corrections and remunerations and to the benefits workbench.3. data consistency.3. When executing a termination action. Pain Points: In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality. the system requires a user to process a PA40 termination action on each and every personnel assignment of an employee to .2. and enhanced usability.2 Termination Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: This functionality supports the process of terminating assignments for employees with multiple assignments.

Business Benefits: The process of terminating personnel assignments within concurrent employment has been simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy.2. Target Group: Customers using concurrent employment 10.2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 131 terminate all personnel assignments completely.3. Pain Points: In the current release. and enhanced usability. The LoA action can also be connected to the transactions for quota corrections and remunerations and to the benefits workbench. the system will reject all the employee's personnel assignments.3. users can change the payroll area with transaction PA30 for only one of an employee's personnel assignments. Business Benefits: Keeping the payroll area in synch for multiple personnel assignments assures master data accuracy and data consistency. Pain Points: . During the payroll run. data consistency.3 Payroll area change Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: A system switch has been established for keeping the payroll area in synch within concurrent employment for multiple personnel assignments. Target Group: Customers using concurrent employment 10. The system limitation of terminating one personnel assignment at a time is inefficient and could have a negative impact on data accuracy. When executing a LoA action the system now considers all personnel assignments.4 Leave of absence Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: This functionality supports the process for leave of absence (LoA) for employees with multiple assignments.

Target Group: Customers using concurrent employment 10. and job 3. positions. Processes for PD objects: organizational unit.Allow mass maintenance of employee data through the portal role of HR administrator 10. and processes w/o object 2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 132 In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality. Mass process start and fast data entry by with HR administrator portal role Early Adopters: Customer with first experiences in maintaining HR employee data with SAP Interactive Forms who wants to enhance this concept in the direction of PD objects and mass handling of employee processes Headline: HCM Processes and Forms Goes for Mass Processes and Maintenance of the Organizational Structure Business Benefits: .3.Enhanced process approach to organizational processes . and jobs .Allow mass start of processes .1 Execute PD processes with SAP HCM processes and forms Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Allows users to execute processes based on SAP Interactive Forms on PD objects like organizational units. position.EhP: 4) Description: 1. business statuses. Continuous improvements: enhanced test report. The system limitation of editing one personnel assignment at a time is inefficient and could have a negative impact on data accuracy.3. data consistency.3. the system requires a user to process a PA40 LoA action on each and every personnel assignment of an employee to deactivate all personnel assignments completely.3 HCM. and enhanced usability. Business Benefits: The process of inactivating personnel assignments within concurrent employment has been simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy. Administrative Services 02 (BF: HCM_ASR_CI_2 .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 133 Pain Points: Through this feature user can now maintain the organizational structure through the back-end system and the portal Business Benefits: Maintenance of organizational structure by users with less training Target Group: Occasional users 10.3.3. who gain time through the mass start and avoid handling multiple employees.2 Mass processes for employees with SAP HCM processes and forms Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Allows users to execute multiple employee processes with SAP HCM processes and forms without a need to start multiple instances Pain Points: The customer does not need anymore to start single instances of processes for employees.3 Fast data entry for employee data through the portal Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Maintenance of master data of multiple employees Pain Points: Allows users to maintain the HR master data of multiple employees simultaneously through a portal feature . Target Group: Portal roles of manager and HR administrator 10.3. but can do a mass start for a group of employees Business Benefits: The benefit is especially for managers.3.

Only a process step after the start technically assigns the employee for whom data will be updated in the form-based process. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 134 Business Benefits: The customer can now maintain multiple employees through the portal and is not forced to use the back end for this activity Target Group: HR administrators Execute employee processes without starting object (SAP HCM processes processes and forms) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: This feature allows users to start an employee process. for example. users can replace rather technical statuses for processes (in process.3.5 Customer-defined business statuses: processes with SAP HCM processes and forms Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: With this feature. Pain Points: The challenge was especially for managers. and so on) with customer-defined statuses (bonus payment requested. Business Benefits: Easy implementation for project organization situations without the need to change the long-term relationships and authorizations in organizational management Target Group: Managers 10. bonus paid. which is inadequate in a project organization. and so on)Pain Points: The previous technical status didn't allow business-related information about the processing of a process Business Benefits: . finished.3. Only they could start processes for their employees.

Time and Labor Management for Concurrent Employment (BF: HCM_CE_PT . enhancements to time manager's workplace.6 Step-specific work item delivery (UWL or mail) in SAP HCM processes and forms Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: This features allows users to define (per process step) if the work item is delivered through the UWL or through an e-mail with a link Pain Points: Previously.3. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 135 Up-to-date and business-related process status information Target Group: All target roles of SAP HMC processes and forms 10. higher education. and enablement of further functions and operations in RPTIME01 Early Adopters: SAP ERP customers in public sector.4 HCM. time entry on multiple personnel assignments via CATS regular. Concurrent employment customers who use time management.EhP: 4) Description: Further support of concurrent employment in time management. and Management of Time Quotas for Employees with Several Personnel Assignments .3.3. Time Evaluation. Headline: Handle Time Entry. and health care for all countries for which SAP provides a concurrent employment solution. employee: e-mail and so on) Business Benefits: The technical implementation of the step-specific behavior can be achieved much quicker and more easily Target Group: All target roles of SAP HCM processes and forms 10. which did not allow a customizing fitting to the technical needs of the recipients of the work items (manager: UWL. delivery of the work items could be defined only through the technical object workflow task.

3.3.1 Time entry on multiple personnel assignments via CATS regular Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New CapabilityDescription: Provides concurrent employed employees with a person-related view for CATS regular Allows time entry on multiple personal assignment in one person view Pain Points: No possibility for concurrent employed employees to enter time data within CATS regular for several personal assignments in one person view Business Benefits: Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments Target Group: Employees 10.2 Enhancements to time manager's workplace (TMW) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Provides decentralized time administrators with a person-related view for TMW Allows time data maintenance on multiple personal assignment in one person view Pain Points: No possibility for decentralized time administrators to enter time data within TMW for several personal assignments in one person viewBusiness Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 136 Business Benefits: Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees.4. decentral time administrators. and the central human resources department Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments Ensures accurate employee records 10.4.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 137 Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for decentralized time administrators and the central human resources department.4 Enablement of further functions and operation in RPTIME01 for CE Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Enablement of further functions and operation in RPTIME01 for CE Pain Points: Missing functions and operations for RPTIME01 for CE Business Benefits: .3 Enhanced time quota service and new leave overview service Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Provides concurrent employed employees with a person-related view and information on shared quotas in SAP Employee Self-Service service time quotas and SAP Employee Self-Service service leave overview Pain Points: No possibility for concurrent employed employees and view time quotas and leave overview for several personal assignments in one person view Business Benefits: Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel assignments Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments Target Group: Employees 10. Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments Target Group: Decentralized time administrators and central human resource department 10.3.4.3.4.

central human resource department. and the central human resources department Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments Target Group: Time administrators. and system administrators . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 138 Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for system administrators. time administrators.

including environmental functions like technical status overview and controlled usage rate. Headline: Make Defense-Specific Line Maintenance Functionality Available to Nondefense Customers Business Benefits: 1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete.1. 11. flight plan. and overhaul (MRO) functionality. are available Early Adopters: Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005.1.1. General functions like flight. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 139 11 Industries 11. These customers typically might use (or plan to use) industry-specific maintenance. 3) Improve the foundation that will be used by partners to enhance the MRO solution. and status board. 4) Improved support for flight operations.1 SAP for Aerospace & Defense 11. repair. 2) Help improve the argument for upgrade business cases.1 Support for Flight Operations Across Industries (BF: DFPS_LM_GEN - EhP: 4) Description: Support for flight operations across industries.1 Defense-specific line maintenance functionality for nondefense customers Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Flight order: A special type of maintenance order that also contains an aircraft's flight-specific data Flight plan: The flight plan lists all the flights that exist in the system for a given period Technical status: The technical status valuates the current technical status of an aircraft Operational status: .

Headline: Rules-Based ATP with Material Exchange for Components in Subcontracting and Refurbishment Orders Business Benefits: The availability check of the components of a subcontracting order can be performed using rules- based ATP in SAP SCM with material exchange using interchangeability data maintained in SAP SCM. Controlled usage rate: The use of aircraft must be monitored to ensure that too many maintenance tasks are not due at the same time. 2) Help improve the argument for upgrade business cases. Int. . 4) Improved support for flight operations. SAP SCM customers who use procurement planning with repair-buy decisions and who need process integration of the SAP SPP planning runs with the SAP ERP.1. Target Group: Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005 who plan to use industry-specific MRO functionality 11.2 Material Exchange Using SCM. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 140 This function provides information about the suitability of an aircraft for operation. This operation is known as a controlled usage rate. need rules- based ATP in SAP SCM and have complex material exchange requirements. Repair (BF: AD_MPN_SCM_2 . 3) Improve the foundation that will be used by partners to enhance the MRO solution. Comp. the incident must be documented with all the relevant aircraft data Pain Points: Inability of nondefense customers to use defense line maintenance functionality Business Benefits: 1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete./Ext. Entry of aircraft accidents and incidents: If an aircraft accident occurs.EhP: 4) Description: a) ATP using SCM and material exchange in subcontracting component list and for the component (material) to be refurbished in the refurbishment order b) use of a manually entered structure node in the component list of a plant maintenance order Early Adopters: SAP customers in all industries who refurbish components in their own repair shops or send components to an external subcontractor for refurbishment.

Target Group: Material planning 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 141 11.2. For a refurbishment order. Pain Points: Availability check in SAP SCM for the part to be repaired was missing. the goods receipt is posted for the to-material number. Business Benefits: Use of GATP in SAP SCM and a rules-based ATP check to determine the unserviceable material in stock that can be sent to a subcontractor for an upgrade. The goods issue is posted for the from-material number. Pain Points: Order processing for a material upgrade with a material number change was not completely integrated. no availability check with material exchange was available to determine a suitable material for this repair process. On the header page of such an upgrade order. Process integration of SPP planning (using repair-or-buy decision) and SAP ERP execution was missing. For subcontracting orders generated by an SPP planning run based on a repair decision with material upgrade.2 Upgrade orders with GATP and material exchange for the component to be upgraded Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: For refurbishment orders marked as upgrade orders.2.1 GATP with material exchange for the main component of a subcontracting order Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: A rules-based ATP check can be performed for the main component of a subcontracting order. Material exchange and location substitution caused by transferring the GATP result are supported. A transfer of the ATP results can perform a material exchange of the component.1. Integration of SPP planning (repair-buy decision) with execution in SAP ERP.1. a rules-based ATP check can be performed for the component that is to be refurbished. . no SAP SCM-based availability check for the components to be repaired was available. the from-material number can differ from the to-material number.

group-to-group transfer with initial peg setting (415/416Q) Early Adopters: Defense contractors who use project-based manufacturing Headline: New. Business Benefits: . and low-level code corrections .Enhanced movement types support: consumption posting to individual WBS (221/222Q).Redesign of pegging process: performance tuning. rounding. new BADI support. error logging. Pain Points: Manual entry of a structure code was too restrictive Business Benefits: Flexible and comfortable entry of a structure code in a component item of a PM order Target Group: PM material planner 11.1. and integration of SPP planning and SAP ERP execution Target Group: Material planning and PM order planning 11. Significant Performance Gains in the Pegging Process.3 GPD Improvements (BF: AD_GPD_CI_1 .1.EhP: 4) Description: . The controlling functions in customizing were extended. An existing customer BADI was enhanced. Improved Pegging Program with LLC Code Correction and Enhanced Logging and Messaging.2. GATP in SAP SCM for the component to be upgraded. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 142 Business Benefits: Integrated upgrade order processing.3 Enhancements to enter the structure code manually in a PM order component item Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription: Entry of the manual structure code in components of a PM order is enhanced.

The new logging and messaging concept provides better visibility into the process running in the background.Consumption posting to individual WBS (221/222Q) . Data analysis is cumbersome due to insufficient reporting and logging capabilities.Rounding . and materials planner Improved material movement support Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: New movement type . Business Benefits: Allows customers to understand pegging accuracy in the GPD environment much better by providing more tools Target Group: Controlling. program manager.Run profile .BAdI conversion to new kernel-based BAdIs .1.1 Redesign of pegging process Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Improve existing pegging process with: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 143 In addition to a dramatic improvement in performance.Performance tuning . production planner.3. the new pegging program can handle unplanned issues within one run. accountant. 11.Logging .Several other round-offs Pain Points: Pegging batch runs are typically very long because of the large amount of data to be processed specifically for A&D.Low-level code correction .

Headline: Material Exchange in Stock Transport Orders Business Benefits: Enhanced support for interchangeability in stock transfer orders 11. Issuing unit of measure will be supported within the subitems. That was suitable only for parts that are stocked and issued in the same UoM. Early Adopters: Customers who want to use SAP ERP-based material exchange in the STO. Customers who want to use an alternate units of measure for interchangeable materials. subitems were always created in the base unit of measure (UoM) during SAP ERP-based material exchange in STO for DIMP.1 Support of issuing unit of measure for interchangeability in STOs Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Creation of subitems in the issuing unit of measure during SAP ERP-based DIMP material exchange in STO Pain Points: In the past. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 144 .1.4.4 Interchangeability in STO (BF: AD_MPN_STO .EhP: 4) Description: Material exchange subitems will be created with subitem category P.Group-to-group transfer with initial peg setting (415/416Q) Pain Points: Standard goods movement processes not supported out of the box from GPD solution. Business Benefits: .Movement type enhancement . requires customer-specific work-around solutions Business Benefits: Allow customers to integrate GPD better with their standard MM (inventory management) processes Target Group: Material planner 11.1. Successor documents were also created in the base UoM.

1.EhP: 4) Description: Downport of the following topics: . Pain Points: Combination of an adequate subitem and schedule line-handling for interchangeable materials in the STO with manual adjustment support for the ATP result Business Benefits: Better support for internal (stock transfer-based) replenishment processes that are based on STOs and interchangeability.1. the system can be set up in a way to display the interchangeable materials and their available quantities and allow a manual adjustment of the materials and quantities. Subcon. The ATP check creates a new proposal for subitem creation based on the main item.2 Original demand capture and manual adjustment of ATP interchangeabilty Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: If an SAP ERP-based ATP check is carried out for a stock transport order (STO) item. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 145 The range of materials for which interchangeability in the STO can be used is spread out. Target Group: Material planners who manage internal replenishment processes 11. The subitems behave like similar subitems in SD orders. Better tracking and fulfillment of the original demand.Rotables management . The main item holds the original demand quantity and date.5 Rot/SSP. Innovations (BF: AD_MRO_CI_3 . After adjustment. and the system cannot confirm the complete quantity.4. That means that the quantities and dates in the main item can be changed and the ATP check can be triggered based on the main item change. That allows users to cover a broader area of replenishment processes and support interchangeability in these processes.Subcontracting . the system creates subitems within the STO to reflect this situation. Target Group: Material planners who manage internal replenishment processes 11.

1 Improvements in rotables management and subcontracting functionalities Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Material exchange: Perform forward exchange and unplanned material exchange in subcontract processing Subcontracting purchasing: Purchase requisition update after changes in PM/CS order Synchronization of purchase order account assignment and special stock indicator Inventory management All subcontracting goods movement can now be performed using transaction MIGO Subsequent adjustments can be performed using transaction MIGO Handle valuated subcontractor stocks with project stocks and sales order stocks RMA processing Return material authorization processing fully integrated with subcontracting Customer stock: Enhance multiple movement types to work with customer stock Pain Points: Perform forward exchange and unplanned material exchanges . Headline: Improvements in Rotables Management and Subcontracting Functionalities Business Benefits: 1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. These customers must also use (or plan to use) industry-specific functionality from SAP for maintenance. 11. 3) Improve the MRO solution foundation that will be used by partners to enhance the MRO solution. and overhaul (MRO). 2) Help improve the argument for upgrade business cases.1. repair. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 146 Early Adopters: Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005.5.

Cost reductions through better extensibility 11.2 SAP for Automotive 11.Increased productivity and efficiency through enhanced collaboration and communication between OEM.1 LO. distributor or importer.1.1 Warranty management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . 3) Improve the MRO solution foundation that will be used by partners to enhance the MRO solution. 2) Help improve the argument for upgrade business cases. Warranty Claim Processing for Dealer Portal (BF: WTY_DP_1 - EhP: 4) Description: Provides a user interface for warranty-handling on the dealer side Early Adopters: Manufacturers or distributors who want to connect their dealers to SAP Warranty Management Headline: Increased Productivity and Efficiency in Dealer Network Communication Business Benefits: .2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 147 Lack of subcontract purchasing integration Lack of return material authorization and subcontract integration Inability of certain movement types to handle customer stock Inability to value subcontract stock for project and sales order stock Business Benefits: 1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. Target Group: Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing ERP 2005 using (or planning to use) industry-specific MRO functionality from SAP 11.2. and dealer .

object registration.EhP: 4) Description: Provides new UI based on Web Dynpro for ABAP for the dealer in the vehicle management system and for spare parts business. and financial reporting Business Benefits: Interface to manufacturer. Veh. Create warranty claims Receive notice about rejection or acceptance of a claim Display and update warranty claims Display a list of all recalled vehicles or vehicles with technical campaigns Display a list of parts to be returned and print all necessary labels Pain Points: Claims.2. Syst. extensibility..Early Adopters: . recall management. Through the dealer portal. Spare Parts. Services are also provided to handle vehicle and sales orders. or DMS provided (EDI/XML) Back-end integration into finance and controlling Faster response to dealer More transparency in warranty processing Cost reduction for processing of warranty claims Integration of business analytics Target Group: Automotive importers and distribution centers 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 148 The dealer portal enables dealers to service and interact with end customers more effectively. accessibility. (BF: AUTO_DP_1 . importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and critical business transactions. Enterpr.2 Dealer Portal. claim search. return parts. Improvements are in the area of usability. importer. Serv. Mgmt. and functionality.

and ordering replenishment. importers. Search for service parts via catalog Ensure login security via user identification Run availability check from basket View master data Enter orders online via Internet Get delivery date confirmation Get status information on the order Business Benefits: . importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and critical business transactions. Through the dealer portal. Headline: Increased Productivity and Efficiency in Dealer Network Communication Business Benefits: .1 Spare parts management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Parts order creation.Increased productivity and efficiency through enhanced collaboration and communication between OEM. parts catalog integration. real-time data on availability and delivery allows stock reductions on buying and selling sides . and national sales companies that offer Web portal access to their back-end systems. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 149 All automotive manufacturers. order tracking. and interact with end customers more effectively. distributors. and dealer . availability check.Reduction in stock.2. such as vehicle ordering and locating. material search. and return order process Pain Points: The dealer portal enables dealers to sell to. order simulation. service. distributor or importer.2. spare parts search.Cost reductions through better extensibility 11.

end-customer management. and vehicle transfer Pain Points: The dealer portal enables dealers to sell to and interact with end customers more effectively. vehicle configuration and pricing.2 Vehicle management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Vehicle search. Locate & Allocate Vehicles (Locate-to-Order) Save the configuration Create Orders (Build-to-Order) Manage Vehicle and Customer Information Request and transfer vehicles from other dealerships Track vehicles at anytime during the process Transfer data to DMS (XML download) Business Benefits: Holistic distribution chain management. importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and critical business transactions. Through the dealer portal.2. centralized around the vehicle and customer Individual business processes can be modeled very flexibly Data visibility and transparency is a given at all times . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 150 Easy and fast service parts ordering of original parts and exchange parts for franchise dealers and independent service stations Order tracking Efficient and fast service parts supply as a competitive advantage Improved customer loyalty because of improved supply performance Real-time availability of data from importer warehouse systems Real-time information on availability of parts and prices Target Group: Automotive importers and distribution centers 11.2. vehicle sales.

you can use syndications management to pool loan contracts and simultaneously create an investor contract Early Adopters: Existing and prospective CML customers now have an option to map and execute complex funding of a loan contract by this integration of CML and SAP Syndications Management Headline: Enhanced Integration of CML with SAP Syndications Management Business Benefits: . and business analytics as integrated parts Target Group: Automotive importers and distribution centers 11.3 SAP for Banking 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 151 Fast search and configuration via Web applications Role-based access to vehicles and customer information Financials.3.Realization of the prerequisites for the scenarios of loan pooling and portfolio funding with provision of a technical interface between loans and SAP Syndications Management.3. 11. .EhP: 4) Description: .1 Enhanced integration of SAP Loans Management and SAP Syndications Management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .Provision for customer implementation via the new BADI. materials management.With the help of this information.Option to provide contract data and current business transactions of CML to syndications management .1 Loans Management for Financial Services: Pooling of Loans (BF: EAFS_CML_LOANS_POOLING .1. controlling.

Pain Points: Enhanced integration of CML and SAP Syndications Management with relevant data flow and update via new technical interfaces Provision of BADI to enable customers to implement their own requirements Business Benefits: Option to provide SAP Syndications Management with the required details to further loans pooling and portfolio funding Target Group: Existing CML customers and prospective customers interested in structured financing via portfolio funding of loan contracts 11.EhP: 4) Description: Enhanced business operations to manage accounts Early Adopters: All customers who use account management functions Headline: Improve Your Business Processes for Account ManagementBusiness Benefits: .Simplified definition of new products .Handling of reporting and legal requirements when they differ for each bank area . which customers can use to initiate their own implementations. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 152 To enable the scenario of portfolio funding.3. CML provides a report.Streamlined process for managing account closure . SAP Syndications Management will then update the funding status of selected loan contracts in CML.Standardized process for release and option to define multiple levels of release . The report is based on specific selection criteria and provides SAP Syndications Management with information on the master data of new and changed loans along with details on the change pointer and flow data (actual and planned).Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with reserve for bad debts (RBD) .The information is provided via a BADI.Flexible configuration and optimization of data retrieval for printing correspondence .2 SAP Deposits: Business Operations in Account Management (BF: EAFS_BCA_BUSOPR .Improved analysis capability for changes made .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 153

- Increased number of bank statements can be generated for each account in a particular year

11.3.2.1 Enhanced account closure functions

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both

Description:
- Enhanced business checks and the ability to define customer checks

- Option to simulate account closure

- Flexible definition of the balancing date

- Efficient handling of accounts that encounter errors during processing

- Simplified troubleshooting by using logs

Pain Points:
- Inability to simulate the account closure process

- Inability to define additional checks

- No error logging for single account closure

- No explicit balancing during mass closure

Business Benefits:
- Ability to simulate account closure

- User exits provided for defining additional customer checks

- Error logging for single account closure

- Balancing is carried out as part of the account closure process

Target Group:
Customers who use the account closure feature

11.3.2.2 Integration with multiple financial accounting systems

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
Enables recording of general ledger data in different financial accounting systems (general ledgers)
for each bank area

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 154

Pain Points:
Each bank area could not be used to represent different companies or business units with different
general ledgers

Business Benefits:
International banks or companies can connect a central banking system to several local financial
accounting (FI) systems

Target Group:
Customers who use bank areas to represent different business units or companies

11.3.2.3 Integration with SAP Reserve for Bad Debts

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
You can use functions of SAP Reserve for Bad Debts to create individual value adjustment accounts
and accounts at the business partner aggregation level which can be used for the determination of
the credit worthiness of a business partner

Pain Points:
No central reporting system that covered both internal and external information requirements

Business Benefits:
Standard solution and enhanced capability offered for handling value adjustments and bad debts

Target Group:
Customers who need to provide for value adjustments and bad debts extensively

11.3.2.4 Integration with correspondence tool and print workbench

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
- Asynchronous printing of correspondence requests

- Correspondence scenarios integrated with print workbench (account create or change, account
closure, account closure prenotification, fixing term agreements, prenotification of term agreement
maturity, calling of term agreements, bank statements, and balance notifications)

- Ability to view all correspondence requests that are created for an account

- Standard implementation of user exits

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 155

Pain Points:
Need for creating your own print interface

Business Benefits:
- Unified processes for correspondence production

- Flexible configuration and optimization of actual data retrieval

- Flexible enhancement concept (user exits) for use-specific adaptation

- Central and user optimized form development platform

- General and unified availability of al SAP-provided print techniques and externally available data
formats

Target Group:
Customers who send correspondence to their clients upon occurrence of certain events (account
created) or periodically (bank statements)

11.3.2.5 Integration with release tool

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
- The release tool has been integrated with account closure, payment items, payment orders,
forward orders, and standing orders.

- When an object needs to be released, a workflow item is created in the inbox of the agent. Agents
can access it from the business workplace and can release, reject, change, or display the object.

- Based on the option exercised by agents, the release workflow makes status
changes to the BCA objects during their life cycle.Pain Points:
- Manual intervention required for release

- Inability to define multiple levels of release

Business Benefits:
- Standard solution for handling release functionality

- Automatic determinationof agents responsible

- Flexible enhancement through user exits

- Enhanced ability to define release relevance

Target Group:

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 156

Customers who widely use the release process and need to define multiple levels of release

11.3.2.6 Integration with change document viewer

Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
Presents change documents in a unified, readable manner across all functions in SAP Deposits

Pain Points:
- Inadequate selection criteria for viewing change documents

- Inability to group related fields

- Inability to view the values of nonkey fields for deleted records

- Field values do not display the business meaningBusiness Benefits:
- Improved selection criteria that enable viewing of only relevant change documents

- Detailed view provides ability to compare the business and technical information

- Improved presentation and printing of change details

Target Group:
Customers who need to analyze changes made to system data

11.3.2.7 Enhanced account management functions

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both

Description:
- Information regarding archived payment items is displayed

- The complex amount-dependent authorizations that are based on authorization groups is removed

- Customer exit provided to save, display, and check customer-specific fields on the payment
transaction screens

Pain Points:
- Complex definition of amount-dependent authorizations for payment transactions

- Inability to add customer-specific fields

Business Benefits:
- Simpler definition of authorizations

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 157

- Flexible enhancement through user exits

Target Group:
Customers who use payment transactions and release functionality

11.3.2.8 Improvements in the area of the bank statement

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
Can create up to 999999 bank statements for an account every year

Pain Points:
Creation of bank statements was restricted to 999 statements for an account in a year

Business Benefits:
Ability to create greater number of bank statements for each BCA account

Target Group:
Customers who generate bank statements frequently

11.3.2.9 Improvements in the area of the product configurator

Class/Level of Innovation:
Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
- Ability to copy the attribute hierarchy to other clients or transport the attribute hierarchy to other
systems included in the product configurator

- Ability to set up matrix attributes from customizing

- Additional validation during attribute reassignment

- Enhanced product checks and product attribute hierarch

Pain Points:
Unclear and complicated process for copying and transporting the product attribute hierarchy

Business Benefits:
- Ease of copying and transporting the product attribute hierarchy

- Improved product attribute hierarchy facilitates easy access of data

Target Group:

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 158

Customers who use the product configurator to define products

11.3.3 Business Operations in SAP Reserve for Bad Debts (BF:
/IBS/EAFS_RBD_BUSOPR - EhP: 4)

Description:
Enhanced business functions to manage the functionality of SAP Reserve for Bad Debts

Early Adopters:
All customers who use reserve for bad debts functions

Headline:
Improve Your Business Processes for SAP Reserve for Bad Debts

Business Benefits:
- Integration with bank customer accounts (BCA connectivity): improved credit risk management
and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad Debts

- Coverage gap

- Documentation

- Accessibility

- Appearance

Integration with bank customer accounts (BCA)

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
The SAP Reserve for Bad Debts application is integrated with BCA so that value adjustments can be
performed for BCA accounts

Pain Points:
Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad
Debts

Business Benefits:
Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad
Debts

Target Group:
DSAG User Group: BCA

EhP: 4) Description: Catch weight management with SAP ERP-based inventory management and inventory accounting Early Adopters: Customers in the meat.1 Recording of inventory quantities in two independent units of measure Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Inventory quantities can be recorded and stored in two independent units of measure (UoM) in parallel. visibility and customer satisfaction from this ability. An earlier version of SAP Catch Weight Management stored the quantities in separate DB tables. Management includes an ability to decide if the base unit or the parallel unit should be the basis for inventory valuation. in SAP ERP (BF: /CWM/CM_1 . the quantities are now stored in extended core tables. and dairy industries who need to maintain inventories in two units of measure in parallel and independently of each other Headline: SAP Catch Weight Management Closer to Core SAP ERP Business Benefits: In the target industries. and Actng. Inventory for such materials can be managed correctly and without usage of additional DB tables outside core SAP ERP. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 159 11. 11.4. Target Group: . Business Benefits: Materials without a fixed conversion factor between two UoMs can be managed correctly in SAP ERP without using additional DB tables outside core SAP ERP. fish. Mgmt. materials often do not have a fixed conversion factor between two units of measure like PC (base unit) and KG (parallel unit). Customers gain significant advantages in the areas of inventory management. Pain Points: Materials without a fixed conversion factor between two UoMs cannot be managed correctly in core SAP ERP.4 SAP for Consumer Products 11.1 New CWM Architecture: Inv.1. Unlike earlier versions of SAP Catch Weight Management.4.

delivery personal can connect a mobile device to a retailer's computer on site to exchange delivery data. market often already have DEX in their processes and want a business relationship only with companies that also use or can handle the DEX standard. storage.Early Adopters: Consumer products manufacturers who run the direct store delivery process in the United States and therefore need DEX/UCS support.S. An earlier version of SAP Catch Weight Management enabled this function with modules (not in SAP ERP) called LIME and inventory accounting. supply chain manager. Business Benefits: In the target industries. Headline: DEX Enablement of Direct Store Delivery Business Benefits: In particular. inventory accountant 11. . Target Group: Inventory manager and inventory controller 11.1. visibility and customer satisfaction. inventory values are often based on a unit (KG) other than the base unit (PC).4.EhP: 4) Description: With DEX/UCS (direct exchange). business unit analyst.2 Inventory management and accounting of materials with two independent UoMs Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Inventory values for materials with two managed inventory quantities (base unit and parallel unit) can be maintained in either unit.4. and display of the resulting DEX communication thread in SAP ERP. retailers in the U.2 DEX Enablement for Mobile Devices in DSD (BF: /DSD/DEX . This approach introduces the valuation unit to SAP ERP. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 160 Inventory manager. Customers gain significant advantages in the areas of inventory management. DSD supports the upload. Pain Points: Need to manage inventory in two units of measure (UoM) and inventory values based on a unit other than the base unit.

1 Processing DEX-related information Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 161 11. Target Group: Sales clerks 11.Availability of DEX communication threads for later verification and issue resolution.Provide data necessary for DEX communication for download to a mobile device . leading to less time-consuming paperwork and more correct data. Integration with SAP Mobile Defense & Security (BF: DFPS_MDS_INTEGRATION .Support of direct and paperless data communication between the retailer and the manufacturer onsite at the retailer.Ability to upload a DEX communication thread created on a mobile device to SAP ERP and store it there . especially in the United States.2. or exporting it .Archiving of DEX communication threads Pain Points: Usage of the DEX communication standard is a widely adopted business practice.Verification of a DEX communication thread by displaying.1 DFPS.6 Business Benefits: .5 SAP for Defense & Security 11.4.5. and is therefore required as an integral part of a standard direct store delivery solution.6 require this back-end functionality Headline: Back-end functionality for SAP MDS 1. Integration with SAP Mobile Defense & Security (SAP MDS 160) Early Adopters: Defense customers who need an offline capability for maintenance and materials management execution and plan to use SAP MDS 1.EhP: 4) Description: DFPS. printing. Business Benefits: . .

1 Back-end enablement for SAP MDS 1. and B2B interfaces (customer-supplier communication). and suppliers of these organizations. Streamline inbound and outbound processes by enablement of process automation via SAP Auto ID Infrastructure).6 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This functionality enables use of SAP MDS 1.1.S.6 Business Benefits: Prerequisite to use the new functionality Target Group: Customers who already use SAP MDS and need to upgrade to SAP MDS 1.6 Pain Points: Without the function.6 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 162 This business function is a prerequisite for use of SAP MDS 1. Headline: Widen the Scope of Processes Supported by IUID in SAP ERP Business Benefits: Improve system integration for IUID processes by delivering SAP ERP process triggers for IUID-related messaging.5.5. The development for EhP 4 enhances the functionality to get closer to a more complete solution for IUID support in SAP ERP. master data maintenance (serialized materials and equipments). other NATO DFPS organizations. IUID identifies items across system boundaries by assigning a unique identifier to the items and communicating the identifier among business partners. Provide service-enabled IUID interfaces for registry communication.6 in the future 11. Early Adopters: U. In addition an SAP Auto ID Infrastructure system based on SAP SCM 5.2 Item Unique Identification (Additional Functions) (BF: ERP_UID_02 - EhP: 4) Description: Item unique identification (IUID) supports customers and suppliers by using a globally unique identifier that handles serialized items across system boundaries. . (The business function provides enhanced interfaces to support integrated IUID processing of SAP Auto ID Infrastructure and SAP ERP. communication between the front and back ends is impossible for SAP MDS 1. DOD.20 is needed).

SAP Auto ID Infrastructure registers the delivery of a material within a delivery or within a packing hierarchy and triggers the goods issue for these materials in the SAP ERP system. This capability is enhanced to support IUID.and status-based messaging for IUID-related items is provided. and subcontracting.5. This business function provides the interfaces needed to enable these processes. This feature provides preconfigured trigger points for the most common processes. which required reporting to an external system (a central database or any other external system). It provides a capability to automate a lot of the messages that need to be sent to external systems. This process also is enhanced to support IUIDs. SAP Auto ID Infrastructure also can support inbound processing by identifying the receipt of an inbound delivery and triggering the goods receipt in the SAP ERP system.5. Pain Points: Customers who are obliged to support IUID (item unique identification) require an ability to integrate the communication that is needed to report IUID-related information to SAP ERP processes. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 163 11.1 IUID (item unique identification)-related message triggering Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The new functionality provides the capability to export electronic messages to external systems if IUID-managed items are processed by the SAP ERP system and the items change. Pain Points: . Business Benefits: Process. Main areas for which we are providing such triggers for the creation of IUID-related messages include: inventory management (goods issue and consumption).2 Integrated SAP Auto ID Infrastructure and SAP ERP Support for IUID- managed items Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: SAP Auto ID Infrastructure provides a capability to support automated outbound and inbound processes for materials. which allows users to control status-dependent processing based on five new IUID-relevant statuses that are available for equipment. The business function also provides a status monitor for IUID-managed items. Target Group: Persons who are responsible for IUID administration processes and correct IUID communication from SAP ERP to external systems 11.2. changes of technical configuration.2.

Early Adopters: Customers in the defense and security industries Headline: Streamline Business with Comprehensive Enhancements of the Defense Forces and Public Security (DFPS) Component Business Benefits: Enhanced business processes across a deployed landscape 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 164 Automated outbound and inbound processing of material items including IUID could not be performed Business Benefits: Enable automated warehouse processes (based on barcode or RFID) for items that are assigned to IUIDs. plant maintenance and materials management in a deployed system landscape. and interchangeability. line maintenance. Process automation based on SAP Auto ID Infrastructure) can be used to streamline outbound and inbound processing when items are identified by IUIDs.EhP: 4) Description: Enhancements in logistics to fulfill commitments to defense customers and the DEIG user group regarding support for operations: organizational flexibility.5. Target Group: Warehouse personal in outbound and inbound areas of the warehouse DFPS Support of Operations (BF: DFPS_OF_OS .1 Organizational flexibility and system architecture Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Provides additional functionality in the area of organizational flexibility for faster setup of a deployed system landscape and functionality to archive DFPS-specific objects Pain Points: The time needed to set up a deployed system takes too long A defense customer is unable to archive DFPS-specific objectsBusiness Benefits: Optimizes support of autarchy processes Improves robustness and scalability of landscapes .3.

5. which caused additional manual activities and possible errors Business Benefits: Better data consistency and transparency with respect to resources via the maintenance board. Business Benefits: Distribution of MPL . Poor system performance in some cases. Enhancements to get better system performance.5.3 Maintenance enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Better support for maintenance activities in a deployed system landscape by supporting distribution of the master parts list (MPL) across the landscape.3. Better support for deployed operations because of the distributed logbook.2 Line maintenance enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Provides better functionality with a new maintenance board that synchronizes the structure of the logbook and technical objects and supports distribution of logbook information Pain Points: Logbook and object structure (for example) for an aircraft were not synchronized. Enhancements for change authorization of objects. Pain Points: No distribution of MPL across the landscape.3. Adjustments in data relocation and distribution. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 165 Improves the capability to set up a deployed system faster Target Group: SAP ERP customers in the defense industry New customers needing support of a distributed SAP ERP landscape 11. Target Group: SAP ERP customers in the defense industry and new customers who need support for flight operations in a distributed system landscape 11.

4 Materials management enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Completing dynamic packing functionality. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 166 Adjustments in relocation and distribution Enhancements to modification rights for objects (change authorization) Target Group: Existing or new SAP ERP customers in the defense industry 11. and cross-system relocation support Pain Points: Deficits in cross-system relocation functionality. Investigative Case Management (BF: DFPS_ICM_OF .4 DFPS. incomplete dynamic packing functionality. enhanced interchangeability support. Early Adopters: .EhP: 4) Description: Enables day-to-day public security and safety operations and major events by integrating organizational information (based on defense forces and public safety . end-to-end dynamic packing capability Cross-system relocation capability Expanded interchangeability and substitution functionality in DFPS Target Group: SAP ERP customers in the defense industry 11.Public safety organizations and first responders running major events Headline: Integration of Capability-Based Organization Planning and Network Project Planning with Case Management .DFPS) and project planning information (based on cProjects) with case management (based on SAP CRM). and missing I&S functionality Business Benefits: Complete.5.5.Police and law enforcement organizations running major crime investigations .3.

and external communication Early Adopters: Healthcare providers in France that want to implement an integrated solution for patient administration. operation task.EhP: 4) Description: SAP Patient Management enhanced with country-specific functionalities for France. operation category.6. different operations and scenarios have to be preplanned. users can now preplan operations and scenarios for large criminal investigations and include them easily during the process of an investigation. and business process: managing major cases (like organized crime) Resource management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: It links a DFPS force element with an SAP CRM case (the case ID is displayed on the operation/exercise tab). maximum headcount. You simply open the template and adapt it to the needs of your current operation (operation name. superior organization. such as patient admission. To respond quickly to occurring demand. It also allows users to search. Target Group: On DFPS side: users planning operations (operation planners). Pain Points: Investigating large and complex crimes requires a variety of resources and usually involves different units. and import existing DFPS force elements and operations in SAP CRM as operation organizational structures (OOS). business process: managing of major incidents and events (like natural or man-made disasters). On the SAP CRM side: users processing criminal investigations (detectives). operation description. Business Benefits: SAP CRM now offers an option for integration with DFPS. and billing in French hospitals .1 SAP Patient Management: Country Version for France (BF: ISH_CV_FR . SAP for Healthcare 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 167 Business Benefits: Business scenario: operation and resource management. DRG processing. With this feature. and operation planner position). medical activity documentation. start and end date. patient billing. display. DRG processing. covering the entire process chain in a hospital.

Billing.Reduced duplicate patient records . Electronic reading of the French healthcare smartcard (Carte Vitale) Vitale) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Electronic reading of Carte Vitale and saving card data in SAP software Patient search using smartcard data Use of smartcard data for creating new patient master record . and DRG-Related Processes in an Integrated Hospital Information System for France Business Benefits: The business function provides country-specific functionality for French healthcare providers that is related to patient management. patient accounting. and electronic data interchange with external stakeholders. It provides the customer with an integrated medical-administrative hospital information system compliant with French billing and external reporting rules covering both DRG reporting and the dispatch of electronic invoices to statutory health insurance.Manual entry of replacement certificates .Automatic creation of insurance information for the case based on smartcard data or replacement certificate data Pain Points: Incorrect or incomplete patient master records because of manual data entry Insurance coverage certificate not available electronically Business Benefits: Reduced manual entry effort Increased efficiency in admission process Increased reliability of patient data . This approach allows the customer to enter case-related medical activity in real time and enables creation of the case-related DRG and invoice immediately upon discharge of the patient. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 168 Headline: Support Country-Specific Patient Administration.

UCD. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 169 Target Group: Patient admission staff Patient registration. and state medical aid (AME) Reasons for exoneration from patient contribution Pain Points: Admission data is disconnected from billing system Fixed assignment of contract scheme and insurance providers Business Benefits: Entry of billing-relevant information at admission Exhaustive management of insurance providers and flexible assignment of contract scheme Target Group: Patient admission staff 11.6. LPP. GHS. and NABM) Import program for diagnoses catalog (French ICD10 version) Service master enhanced with service attributes specific to French service catalogs Pain Points: High maintenance effort for service master data due to frequent catalog updates Business Benefits: Automatic update of service catalogs. including France-specific information Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Coordinated care path Insurance coverage information Support for special coverage schemes such as the local health care scheme "Alsace-Moselle.3 France-specific service and diagnosis catalog maintenance Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New CapabilityDescription: Import programs for service catalogs (CCAM." universal medical coverage (CMU).1. History of time-dependent service attributes .

PMSI MCO grouping result used automatically for reporting or billing Target Group: Director of medical information 11.Reporting of DRG-related data to regional health authority Pain Points: Disconnect between the PMSI system and the billing system Business Benefits: .6.1.Workstation for director of medical information with interface to French grouper program .Automatic creation of RSS file from patient and case data .Creation of standardized preparation summaries (RSP) for radiotherapy patients .6.5 French billing rules Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Offers rules for calculating the patient contribution based on per diem fees Offers rules for reimbursement by statutory health insurance Allows flexible customizing of contract schemes related to statutory health insurance and supplementary health insurance and special coverage schemes Allows blocking the posting of receivables for specific invoices (invoices related to activity financed by the hospital budget) Allows simulation of payment distribution and manual adjustment capabilities .Support for PMSI MCO process .1.4 DRG process support and reporting in acute hospital care area Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 170 Target Group: IT department and system administrator 11.Creation of standardized discharge message (RSS) .

6. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 171 Pain Points: Fixed billing rules not adaptable to changing legal requirements Business Benefits: Billing rules easily adaptable to changing legal requirements through Customizing settings and customer enhancements (Business Add-Ins) Contract schemes can be flexibly defined and individually adjusted on case-by-case basis Manual override of payment distribution possible with invoice creation System ready for direct billing of inpatient stays and outpatient visits (public hospitals) Target Group: Patient accountant 11.1.6 Communication with payers Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Electronic data interchange for electronic invoice addressed to statutory health insurance (B2 protocol) Receipt of payment information from statutory health insurance (NOEMIE protocol) Displays invoice and related payment information on case basis Pain Points: No visibility of EDI invoices (B2) and related payment information (NOEMIE) Delay between patient discharge and billing and electronic invoice creation Cash management issues Business Benefits: Billing rules easily adaptable to changing legal requirements through Customizing settings and customer enhancements (Business Add-Ins) Contract schemes can be flexibly defined and individually adjusted on a case-by-case basis Manual override of payment distribution possible with invoice creation System ready for direct billing of inpatient stays and outpatient visits (public hospitals) Target Group: Patient accountant .

Transfers the doctors' fees collected from the hospital account to the physician's account.6. Pain Points: . This list also allows the calculation of the deduction and the amount to be transferred to the physician.1. However.8 Direct patient billing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New CapabilityDescription: Physicians employed by the hospital have authorization to treat and bill the activity on their own account.Automatic calculation of fixed patient contribution ( 18) . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 172 11.1. Creates a list of fee services performed in a given period and the fees billed.DRG-related service rules Pain Points: Significant manual effort to enter billable services based on the case data Significant manual case validation and completion effort prior to billing Business Benefits: Automatic generation and adjustment of billable service based on case data Service entry and control is performed where the services are performed.7 France-specific service rules and automatic service adjustments Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Automatic check and adjustment of services entered for the case: .6.Automatic creation of daily hospital rate . allowing for billing at discharge Target Group: Patient accountant 11. the physician chooses to have the hospital create the invoices on account of the hospital first. minus a deduction.Automatic fee per diem creation or adjustment .

and billing Billing of patient treatment and billing of drugs supported in a single system: no redundancy in patient data Target Group: Pharmacist 11.6.2 i. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 173 Little support for billing of direct physician fees via the hospital Business Benefits: Hospital to offer direct patient billing option to physicians Direct patient billing as integral part of hospital information system Visibility of payment status related to billed physician fee Target Group: Patient accountant and financial accountant 11.s.h.h. material consumption.1.med: Enhanced Documentation Processes (BF: ISHMED_EDP - EhP: 4) Description: Continuous improvement of documentation processes for clinical partner system i. not integrated with hospital information system Business Benefits: Closed-loop process support for selling drugs from hospital pharmacy including patient registration.6.s.9 Selling drugs from hospital pharmacy Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Special visit type for drug sale from pharmacy Automatic creation of billable service based on case-related material consumption Creation of electronic invoice file (B2) Pain Points: Invoices for drugs sold to the public not included in EDI procedure B2 Separate systems available for billing drugs sold to the public.med .

s.med customers Headline: Continuous improvement of documentation processes Business Benefits: . It provides situation-dependent task profiles for various documentation steps in an operation process. A summary of the current surgery's documentation status and a patient viewer for accessing the patient's electronic medical record (EMR) without interrupting the documentation process are both integrated.1 Surgery work station Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The surgery work station is an application for patient.Less training effort .med documentation workplaces: .med.h. Business Benefits: Universal workstation concept for i.h.and process-oriented documentation of surgeries in i.Increased individualization for roles and situation .6. procedures.Less application administration . The surgery work station can therefore act as a surgeon's application for documenting diagnoses. Access to patient's EMR while documenting.Increased transparency of tasks and completion of tasks . documentation overview.s.Increased documentation performance . and completion of tasks.2.Less training effort . Pain Points: Need for an integrated application for various situations and players in the surgery documentation process. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 174 Early Adopters: All current i.Improved data security 11.h.s.Less application administration . and the surgical report or as a nurse's application for documenting time stamps and the surgery log.

validation.s.Increased individualization for roles and situations Target Group: Clinical users: . .Less application administration and training effort .2.Radiological physicians .med. and presentation of radiological reports in i.6. and in-place access to patient's previous findings. and in-place lookup of previous findings Business Benefits: Implementation of the radiological findings process by use of a universal workstation concept in i.h.med.Surgeons. and anesthesia personnel .Other clinical users for information purposes 11.Efficient findings creation and validation . including creation. image viewer interface. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 175 .Increased documentation performance .Improved transparency of tasks and completion of tasks Target Group: Clinical users: .Improved transparency of tasks and completion of tasks . task management.h. report creation.med.s. Pain Points: Need for an integrated application for the radiological findings process with workload.Surgery managers .2 Radiology work station Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The radiology work station is an application for supporting the radiological findings process in i. task management. surgical nurses.s. It provides configurable workloads. interfaces to image viewers.h.

timeline-oriented presentation of patient's vital signs.6.Acquisition of planned treatment steps Pain Points: Need for an integrated application for various documentation situations in the inpatient treatment process.Situation-driven task profiles .Creation of documentation like anamnesis.6. and documentation .4 Implementation support Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .2. It is configurable for various work scenarios like clinical admission or doctor's round.h.med work station concept for patient-centered documentation.Presentation and creation of progress notes for documenting daily status and observations . It provides: . Business Benefits: Moving toward a paperless documentation in inpatient treatment documentation.Target Group: Clinical users: . Uniform look and feel for patient-centered process steps by use of the universal i.s. discharge reports. lab values. medication. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 176 11.2. treatment events.3 Patient-centered inpatient work station Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The patient-centered inpatient work station is an application for managing clinical information and documentation tasks for inpatients.Doctors and nurses in inpatient areas 11.Patient's clinical summary as well as integrated presentation of the patient's clinical history .Charting component for graphical. and so on .

change.6. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 177 Implementation support leverages easier application administration by creation of installation packages holding organization unit. Pain Points: Need for traceability of access to clinical patient data Business Benefits: Improved transparency of access to clinical patient date Target Group: Application administrators and persons responsible for data security and privacy 11. The logging messages are traceable for users with special authorization.Controlled organizational unit or document transfer of customizing between SAP systems .EhP: 4) .6.2. and so on) to a patient's electronic medical patient record in i.med.or document-specific customizing data and import of other SAP systems. It can record every access (display. Implementation support provides: .Transfer of customizing data including assignment to other organizational units Pain Points: Need for: .h.Simple multiplication of customizing settings within the organizational structure of an institution Business Benefits: Transparency and time savings in transferring and duplicating customizing related to clinical organizational units Target Group: Application administrators 11.5 Application log Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Application log is an application for meeting the requirements of data security and privacy of clinical patient data.Transfer of customizing data without changes .3 SAP Patient Management: Treatment Certificate (BF: ISH_TC .s.

4 SAP Patient Management: Legal Process Adoption (BF: ISH_MISC1 - EhP: 4) Description: . the concentration of the most needed data fields. the removal of not required data fields. A field pre-filled with the given data and according to the treatment certificate category and type is also implemented to avoid redundant data. difficult to use. the investigation of a meaningful workflow. Business Benefits: Increased efficiency Target Group: Users of SAP Ambulatory Care Management 11. especially users of existing treatment certificates Headline: New Treatment Certificates Provide Improved Usability Business Benefits: The main benefit is increased efficiency through a rearranged user interface. 11. a rearranged user interface. and difficult to access.6.1 New treatment certificates Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: To improve the existing solution.6. Pain Points: Some users found the solution inefficient. This Business Function is only released for country version Italy.3. Some customers stated that most of the data fields are no longer of any interest and importance. and intelligent points of accessibility have been implemented. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 178 Description: New treatment certificates for SAP Patient Management. A field pre-filled with the given data and according to the treatment certificate category and type is also implemented to avoid redundant data. and intelligent points of accessibility. Early Adopters: Users of SAP Patient Management in the ambulatory care environment. a meaningful workflow.

coding.4. improved checks (example: similar patients). additional checks. and further automatic creation of business data support user productivity. Additional preassignments (example: birth data). Target Group: . coding. and better user interactions lead to increased acceptance of SAP Patient Management for several user roles. Preassignments. and billing processes. automatic generating features (example: absence leaves). Business Benefits: Completeness of business processes and easier assignments of several objects to each other increases end-user productivity. including service enabling Early Adopters: All SAP Patient Management customers Headline: SAP Patient Management: Competitive Requirements Based on Legal Changes including Service Enabling Business Benefits: Enhancements of SAP Patient Management regarding improved user interactions and broader functionality in different areas like material requisition. Improved consistency checks. additional checks.6. broader functionality. 11. and further automatic creation of business data support user productivity. Pain Points: Missing functionality and incompleteness of business processes lead to expensive work-arounds on the customer side. Preassignments. and further information (example: secondary view in clinical workstations) are major enhancements of this business function. and billing processes. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 179 Competitive requirements based on legal changes for SAP Patient Management. consistency checks (example: material catalogs).1 Enhancements of SAP Patient Management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Enhancements of SAP Patient Management regarding improved user interactions and broader functionality in different areas like material requisition.

Integrate SAP functionality into the clinical UI the users are used to Avoid manual input and user errors Offers the possibility to adapt and configure business processes flexibly to customer needs Target Group: Clinical users accessing SAP Patient Management functionality.5 SAP Ambulatory Care Management: Legal Process Adoption (BF: ISH_AMB_MISC1 . The second covers enterprise services intended to support the processes of documentation of medical activities. devices. huge effort is needed to adapt the relevant business processes to new requirements. or departmental systems. Currently.6. patient invoicing. department. The first bundle covers enterprise services intended to support patient identification and encounter management processes within healthcare provider organizations. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 180 All SAP Patient Management users 11. especially in an IHE-compliant manner.6. It essentially offers enterprise services for the business objects patient and patient encounter. Pain Points: Missing data integration between clinical system and administrative systems leads to additional manual input and prevents the timely appearance of all relevant data in the various systems. Patient administration and medical activities 2. and payment handling. 11.4. Patient billing and invoicing. and so on). Business Benefits: Better integration with clinical systems and other hospital systems (lab systems.EhP: 4) Description: Competitive requirements based on legal changes for SAP Ambulatory Care Management . It also supports the transfer of medical activities from specialized clinical systems. All SAP Patient Management users exchanging messages with connected systems.2 Enterprise services for SAP Patient Management Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: Two ES bundles will be delivered: 1.

Business Benefits: The new functionality allows customers to define tasks regarding renewable documents. Renewable document management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Renewable document management enables users to issue initial and renewed documents in the same place (example: work incapacity certificates). SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 181 Early Adopters: Customers who need support for their processes in ambulatory care units.1 Documentation work station: new documentation objects (enhanced) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: The outpatient documentation work station in SAP Ambulatory Care Management provides new documentation objects: renewable documents and accident data. data frequently had to be re-entered when the documents were managed independently Business Benefits: . Pain Points: Previously. 11. Pain Points: The view of patient treatment inside the documentation workstation was previously incomplete. and capture accident data for use inside the documentation work station. Target Group: Users of the documentation workstation (SAP Ambulatory Care Management).6. General renewable document management enables the user to document the issue of various forms that follow the initial document and renewed document logic. Headline: Enhanced Functionality for SAP Ambulatory Care Management: Support for Renewable Documents Business Benefits: Users benefit from enhanced functionality and transparency that allows faster treatment and easier documentation. This enhances transparency and efficiency in daily work.5.

1 Healthcare BP and OM transition to standard SAP ERP objects and structures Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: It moves proprietary SAP for Healthcare objects and UI transactions into SAP ERP standard objects and the corresponding standard UIs. It offers easier integration with other SAP products using the same standard SAP objects.6. Problems with integrations across SAP components.Headline: Bring SAP for Healthcare Back to Standard SAP ERP in Business Partner and Organizational Management Business Benefits: It moves proprietary SAP for Healthcare objects and UI transactions into SAP ERP standard objects and corresponding standard UI transactions. structure. Customers who want to unify and enhance the front end for entering structural data (organizational and building).6. payers. and business partners spanning SAP CRM and SAP Patient Management. and building units. partners. partners.6 SAP Patient Management BP/OM (BF: ISH_BP_OM . and organizational hierarchy).EhP: 4) Description: Enables SAP Patient Management to use the generic business partner for patients and IS-H business partners and use generic organizational management for IS-H organizational units. and organizational hierarchy). SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 182 Enhanced transparency and efficiency Target Group: All users of SAP Ambulatory Care Management 11. Business Benefits: . 11. payers. Customers no longer need to learn how to use multiple UIs to maintain the same logical objects (patients. Pain Points: Using different UIs for the same logical objects (patients.6. Early Adopters: Customers who want to build integration scenarios for patients.

and academic offerings through standard Web services. such as learning management systems and financial aid systems. .Academic processes can then be managed with greater speed and accuracy than is possible via any kind of manual. to be notified about changes to student and applicant status. . reducing the cost and complexity of integrated processing. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 183 Standardized UI for the (logically) same business transactions Target Group: Hospital administrative employees 11.Enterprise services provide standard interfaces for third-party learning management systems to be notified about changes to course offerings and course registrations. or report-based processing. .7.Academic actions can also trigger real-time messages to third-party applications. such as financial aid systems.Academic-related actions in SAP Student Lifecycle Management can be used to trigger automated follow-up processes.Third-party applications will be able to access information in SAP Student Lifecycle Management via enterprise services. 11.Enterprise services allow third-party applications to access information about students.7 SAP for Higher Education & Research 11.EhP: 4) Description: Postprocessing framework and enterprise services for integration scenarios with financial aid systems and learning management systems Early Adopters: Higher education customers who use SAP Student Lifecycle Management and wish to automate academic processes that originate in the system further. registrations.7. .1. Headline: Fully Automate Academic Follow-Up Processes in the System and Across Third-Party Applications Business Benefits: . . thus minimizing the need for manual user intervention.1 Enterprise services for third-party integration Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: . batch.1 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: Enterprise SOA-Enablement (BF: ISHERCM_ESOA .Enterprise services provide standard interfaces for third-party applications. Pain Points: .

Report-based follow-up processing requires manual user intervention. which introduces time delays and human errors into follow-up processes.Follow-up actions can be freely defined.7. third-party system integration requires specific technical knowledge of underlying business functions and data models Business Benefits: Academic processes that span multiple applications can be managed seamlessly with enterprise services.Follow-up actions for academic events can now be handled in an automated.Implementation costs of integration scenarios are reduced. . including the ability to send messages to external applications via SAP NetWeaver Process Integration). Pain Points: .EhP: 4) Description: Functional enhancements in several areas like academic offerings and academic processes that will help customers decrease the implementation effort and provide some advanced features in standard business processes Early Adopters: Any SAP Student Lifecycle Management customer . .2 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: Implementation Accelerator (BF: ISHERCM_EXT_IAP . if any. . - Costly and error-prone manual processing can be eliminated in most cases. Target Group: Information technology users and application programmers 11. . Target Group: Information technology users and application developers and integrators Academic postprocessing framework Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 184 Without enterprise services. automated follow-up actions shall be performed. Business Benefits: .Each event will carry a context that allows business rules (defined in the business rules framework) to determine what.Changes to a student's academic history and to academic offerings can trigger an event in the new academic postprocessing framework.Data exports to third-party applications required batch processing. real-time manner.

Automatic inclusion of attendance data in appraisals ensures compliance with attendance policies. Target Group: Instructors for attendance entry. eliminating the need to maintain attendance data separately via spreadsheets or paper entry.Lack of attendance tracking in the system makes it difficult to manage attendance policies.Pre-excused absences can be recorded for students. Pain Points: . Pain Points: . Business Benefits: .Instructors can track each student's attendance and tardiness for each class.Instructors can easily track and view attendance data for students via a simple Web user interface.Absence data can be automatically considered during appraisal calculations.2. registrars for pre-excused absence entry 11. rather than always dynamically calculated.2 Stored performance indexes Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . .Performance index calculation results can be persistently stored.2.7. . . .1 Attendance tracking Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . . . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 185 Headline: Implementation Accelerators for SAP Student Lifecycle Management Business Benefits: Implementation efforts are greatly reduced with features that are typically addressed via custom development 11.Third-party products or custom development was necessary to support attendance tracking.7.SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence extractors are delivered for flexible performance index reporting. which are also needed for financial aid and athletics compliance.Excused and unexcused absence reasons can be configured. and thus increasing the accuracy of information. .Changes to stored performance indexes can trigger postprocessing framework events.

SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence extractors cannot be used for performance index data. where additional rules just cannot be compiled.VSR framework has a hard limit that is eventually reached.Automated follow-up processes for students who pass into positive or negative alert thresholds can be managed.2. reducing overall implementation cost and time. ensuring the accuracy of academic processes. . .3 New booking check framework Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 186 .Non-course-based prerequisites can be defined without the use of VSR rules. .Without stored performance indices.Creation of complex prerequisite conditions previously required the use of the VSR framework.New framework is based on subrequirements (similar to audits).4 Audit framework enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .Reporting against performance indexes can result in system performance issues with dynamic calculation.Analytical reporting of performance indexes. Target Group: Information technology users 11. registrar's office 11.Boolean combinations and set-based prerequisites and corequisites for module booking can be easily defined. Target Group: Information technology users.Audit subequirements can be defined to disallow reuse of academic work.7. . which resulted in complex rule maintenance and performance problems.Audit subrequirements can be defined to use academic work in an incremental manner until the conditions are met.7. Business Benefits: . Pain Points: . . . . .Audit rule containers can be automatically generated for the academic structure.Audit subrequirements can be prioritized for an audit run.Creation and maintenance of complex booking checks is greatly simplified. Business Benefits: .2. .

-Source code for Java Web Dynpro could not be modified or enhanced.Java Web Dynpro application offered limited configuration capabilities.2.Corrections to Java Web Dynpro could not be applied simply.7.Business add-in allows customer-specific validation rules of event offering data. .User interface is easily configurable to meet customer needs.Audit run maintenance required major manual user intervention to manage reuse and prioritization of academic work assignments to subrequirements.Business add-ins for event offerings allow default and suggested abbreviations and names of events and event packages.7. Target Group: Instructors 11. Pain Points: .5 Online grading user interface Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: An alternative to the current Java Web Dynpro application for appraisal self-service Pain Points: . reducing the time spent by academic departments to adjust results manually. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 187 Pain Points: . .Audit runs can be largely automated with accurate results.2. Business Benefits: . Business Benefits: Customers will be able to easily adopt SAP-issued corrections and enhancements. .6 Event-offering business add-ins Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . Target Group: Academic departments 11.

. Target Group: Academic department users 11.Booking capacity checks at the module level can be relaxed. rather than requiring navigation via the student file.Compliance with institutional rules.Academic work entered was not always accurate due to user oversight.Time savings during creation of event offerings. Target Group: Registrar's office user 11.Business add-ins are available for advanced validation of the academic work data entered.It is very time consuming for users to navigate through the student file to switch to a new student for academic work maintenance.7. Pain Points: .It was difficult to enforce institutional rules for naming sections and events Business Benefits: .Increased accuracy of academic work data for students.Performance of extraneous booking checks did not allow customers to execute wait-list move-up in a timely manner Business Benefits: .Alerts to faculty workload exceptions.8 Relaxable booking checks Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . .Booking checks during wait-list move- up can be relaxed. . Pain Points: .7 Academic work UI enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .Academic work user interface (UI) can now be accessed directly (with student search). SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 188 . .Time savings and increased productivity.7. Business Benefits: . .2. .2.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 189 . Business Benefits: .It was time-consuming for users to create graduation records for students. allowing for more frequent evaluation of move-ups Target Group: Registrar's office users 11. Previously.3 SLM Localization Topics for the Netherlands (BF: ISHERCM_LOCNL_STUDYLINK_1 .Wait-list move-ups will execute more quickly.EhP: 4) .Correspondence can be generated using a module or event as the context object.Productivity will be improved Target Group: Registrar's office users 11.7. such as completion certificates. can be easily generated.10 Module-based correspondence Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .2.9 Simplified graduation record creation for students Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription: .Official communication correspondence regarding modules (such as cancellation) can be easily generated.2.It was difficult to generate correspondence specific to all students in a particular module Business Benefits: . it could be done only from graduation per program. .7. Pain Points: . rather than student Pain Points: .Graduation records for a student can now be created directly from the existing transaction: graduation per student.7. Target Group: Academic department users 11.Module-specific correspondence.

maintaining.7. Target Group: Faculty and administration teams in universities 11. The system can process information from Studielink and map it to corresponding processing in SAP Student Lifecycle Management. 11. and synchronizing this data with Studielink can now be automated in many scenarios.1 Integration with Studielink Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Enables the system to integrate with Studielink via SAP NetWeaver XI.7. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 190 Description: SAP Student Lifecycle Management: localization enhancements for the Netherlands Early Adopters: Universities in Netherlands that use SAP Student Lifecycle Management and need country-specific localization to integrate with Studielink Headline: Enables Management of Netherlands-Specific Master Data and Integration with Studielink Business Benefits: The system can communicate with Studielink by sending and receiving student master data and study data. which can also send information about students to Studielink.EhP: 4) Description: Student user interface role covering various self-services for students . Pain Points: There is no solution available to enable this integration at present.3.4 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: User Interface for Student (BF: ISHERCM_UI_STUDENT . Business Benefits: Master data and study data for all students can be maintained automatically with integration with Studielink. A Web service enables Studielink to send information to SAP Student Lifecycle Management. The manual process of updating .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 191

Early Adopters:
Customers using SAP Student Lifecycle Management who wish to allow students to perform course
registration and other self-services on the Web.

Headline:
Self-Service Academic Processes Can Increase Service Levels and Decrease Operating Costs

Business Benefits:
- Institutions can provide students with a wide variety of self-service applications for common
functions that would otherwise require manual processing by an administrative user. - Students'
expectations of availability of online services can be met or exceeded. - Comprehensive course
registration self-service minimizes the need for direct advisor or administrative user intervention,
allowing students to register for courses efficiently to complete their academic programs
successfully.

11.7.4.1 Course registration self-service

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:
- An out-of-the-box Web self-service application is provided (via Web Dynpro for ABAP) for student
course registration. - The application is highly configurable to meet individual requirements of
universities. - The Web self-service processing engine can be decoupled from back-end productive
system for increased security.

Pain Points:
- Previously, customers had to develop their own user interfaces for course registration. - Many
aspects of course registration still required administrative assistance.

Business Benefits:
- Implementation costs are greatly reduced with this self-service application. - Universities can offer
students the ability to preselect courses in a shopping cart even before their registration window
opens. - Students can simulate tuition calculation from their selected courses.

Target Group:
Students and advisors (who register students for courses)

11.7.4.2 Student portal role

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 192

- A portal role is provided for students, assembling the previously released student self-service
applications and the new, Web-based course registration application. - Student self-service
functionality is decoupled from the back-end core system for increased security.

Pain Points:
- Customer development of portal content for self-service applications is costly. -There is a possible
security risk with student Web access to administrative systems.

Business Benefits:
-- Implementation costs are lowered by providing portal content for student services. - System
security is improved.

Target Group:
Students

11.8 SAP for Insurance

11.8.1 FSSR, Adaption for Internationalization (BF: INS_FSSR_I18N - EhP:
4)

Description:
Additional differentiation criteria: premium reserve fund reposting, migration follow-up posting,
master data administration, and ledger extensions

Early Adopters:
International FS-SR statutory reporting customers.

Headline:
Adaption for Internationalization

Business Benefits:
Allows customers to use more differentiation criteria for statutory reporting

11.8.1.1 Adoption for internationalization

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 193

The new functionality supports additional differentiation criteria which are defined
in financial asset management (FAM) operational systemPain Points:
In earlier releases, the customer was restricted to using only one differentiation criterion, the
deposit. This restriction was valid only for company codes with an activated statutory reporting tool.

Business Benefits:
With the new functionality, the customer has more flexibility in using the differentiation criteria of
the operational system. The available differentiation criteria are deposit, portfolio, deposit group,
and a combination of them.

Target Group:
Account specialist and trustees

11.8.2 Insurance Claim Handling 2 (BF: INS_FSCM_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:
A collection of minor and major improvements that might be useful to any customer: new archiving
engine, new mapping tool, repetitive payments, development requests, and so on

Early Adopters:
- All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for property and casualty or health insurance

- Self insurers

- Large enterprises acting as self insurers

Headline:
A collection of minor and major improvements that is useful to any insurance claims management
customer.

Business Benefits:
- Ensures a complete suite for end-to-end claims management

- Enhances claims processing transparency

- Accelerates integration with external systems based on enterprise services

11.8.2.1 Interface with policy management for home contents and life

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 194

Description:
Interface including a default mapping for FS-PM to make all relevant policy data available for the
policy snapshot in the claims management system (FS-CM) for the home contents and life lines of
business

Pain Points:
High implementation costs for integration of policy and claims systems

Business Benefits:
Reduced implementation time and costs for integration of policy systems

Target Group:
Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.2 New enterprise services: find claim and read claim in ES bundle claim
handling

Class/Level of Innovation:
ESOA / New Capability

Description:
Enterprise services are provided to search a claim and to read all details of a claim from an external
system

Pain Points:
To support participating claim parties like sales agents, brokers, or even call center agents, an insurer
needs to provide claim data outside of their claims management business departments

Business Benefits:
Reduce implementation costs of interfaces to external systems by use of enterprise services: provide
claims data easily and in a consistent way to claim participants or other external parties

Target Group:
Insurance claim handler, broker, sales agents, and so on

11.8.2.3 Claims archiving

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
Archiving functionality for the objects claim, claim bundle, and service catalogues is provided

Pain Points:

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 195

Large or long-term customer installations need to reduce the size of their databases to improve
performance

Business Benefits:
Less storage space needed; better performance resulting in shorter claim processing times

Target Group:
Insurance claim handler and insurance system administrator

11.8.2.4 Enhancements for service catalogs

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both

Description:
- Service catalogs are extended by point values or business rules to calculate prices for services
flexibly. In addition to existing direct service catalog assignments, indirect service catalog assignment
via classifying attributes is possible.

Pain Points:
Only fixed price models for services have been supported

Business Benefits:
Point values or use of business rules enables customers to use more extended pricing models for
their services described in service catalogs

Target Group:
Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.5 Approval of repetitive payment

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
An approval process is now possible based on the repetitive payment record, instead of being forced
to approve each single payment, resulting of one repetitive payment record

Pain Points:
Authorization process is needed for repetitive payments to control the total amount of money that is
to be paid

Business Benefits:

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 196

Improve expense controlling by approval of complete repetitive payments records in one step
instead of generating single payments individually

Target Group:
Insurance claim handler and insurance claim supervisor

11.8.2.6 Other new or extended functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / both

Description:
- Changing participant directly by entering BP number

- Assigning text samples to settlement header of bulk subrogation

- Maintaining damaged object for auto

- Improved selection of injured persons

- Display of Performer's Office Telephone Number;

- Clauses on coverage level in the policy snapshot

Pain Points:
Slow claims-handling process

Business Benefits:
Streamlines claims-handling process for different lines of business

Target Group:
Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.7 New summary screen in claim and subclaim

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
Provides a new summary screen on claim and subclaim level

Pain Points:
Standard claims management overview screens did not provide a sufficient claim or subclaim
overview

Business Benefits:

2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 197 .8.More streamlined claims handling .2. Business Benefits: Improve claim processing speed by faster claim note creation Target Group: Insurance claim handler 11.9 Enhanced claim status upon claim closure Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Provide overview during claim closure attempt indicating all reasons preventing a claim closure Pain Points: Non optimal process of claim closure in system so far Business Benefits: More efficient claim closing process Target Group: Insurance claim handler 11.Improved first look at an insurance claim Target Group: Insurance claim handler 11. Several -clicks-away navigation is inappropriate.10 Inactive claims monitoring .2.8 Ubiquitous start of notes handling Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Start creating notes on a claim from everywhere within the claim Pain Points: Creation of claims notes is done many times a day and needs to be really quick.8.8.

and CFO 11. Business Benefits: Out-of-the-box data basis for claims financial reporting available in SAP NetWeaver BI Target Group: Insurance claim supervisor. insurance controller.11 Data extraction for claims financial reporting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: New data extraction for as-of-point-in-time analysis for financial key figures to be used as basis for SAP NetWeaver BI 7.04 content Pain Points: .3 Credentialing (BF: EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_02 . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 198 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Identification of all claims that have been open and inactive for a certain period of time and notification all claim handlers responsible for these claims by triggering a task Pain Points: Customers need to have the ability to be notified when claims have been inactive for certain period so that a claim handler can proceed with certain activity on the claim if required.Data extractors need to be implemented in implementation projects causing high implementation costs.8. Business Benefits: Improve claim inventory aging KPIs by identification of aged claims Target Group: Insurance claim handler and insurance claim supervisor 11.8.2. Claim construction controlling was only partly possible due to missing as-of-point-in-time analysis and missing consolidated financial key figures. actuary.EhP: 4) Description: Documentation enhancements Early Adopters: . claim executive.

All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for property and casualty in the auto insurance line of business Headline: A Streamlined Application for the Auto Claims Process with Preconfigured Customizing for Faster Implementation Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 199 Customers who use credentialingHeadline: Change of User Interface Business Benefits: A change for the user interface from Web Dynpro for Java to Web Dynpro for ABAP. 11. It also offers enhanced documentation about credentialing so that customers can run credentialing more efficiently.Insufficient documentation about credentialing Business Benefits: .EhP: 4) Description: A streamlined application for the auto claims process with preconfigured customizing for faster implementation Early Adopters: .4 Insurance Auto Claim Best Practice (BF: INS_FSCM_AUTO .3.8.8.Mix of Web Dynpro technologies in ICM environment and high infrastructure costs .1 Change of user interface Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The functionality remains unchanged.Homogeneous Web Dynpro technology base and reduced TCO for implementation and maintenance .Avoidance of unnecessary effort to operate the credentialing system properly Target Group: Credential manager and system administrators 11. Enhanced documentation is also available. Pain Points: .

5 FSSR.Claims handler .5.8.8. Allows more flexibility for use of industry key business processes.1 Best-practice customizing for personal auto line of business (USA and Germany) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Best-practice-based delivery customizing for personal auto line of business in the United States and Germany Pain Points: .EhP: 4) Description: Management of external data and flexibility of industry key business processes Early Adopters: FS-SR statutory reporting customers Headline: Management of External Data and Flexibility of Industry Key Business Processes Business Benefits: Allows customers to integrate external data at the point of list generation. Management of External Data (BF: INS_FSSR_CI_2 .Long implementation cycles Business Benefits: .IT user 11. 11.Implementation cost reduction for the auto line of business based on various solution improvements and preconfigured customizing packages 11.Reuse of standard customizing for production systems .Reduced implementation time and cost Target Group: .4.1 Management of external data Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 200 .8.

Target Group: Account specialists and trustees 11. They then had to simulate the corresponding list. payments.5. Customers can integrate external data at the point of list generation automatically. Business Benefits: The external data is uploaded and stored in the system.8. Pain Points: Customers had to enter data of external systems (non-SAP) at the point of generated reports in edit mode manually. and other collections and disbursements capabilities by providing additional functionality: Customer-specific account determination Enterprise SOA services .2 Flexibility of industry key business processes Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Flexibility of key industry business processes Pain Points: In earlier releases.6 Insurance Collections and Disbursements 2 (BF: INS_FSCD_CI_2 - EhP: 4) Description: Enable improvements in open-item managed accounting.8. Business Benefits: The new functionality allows customers to use all existing industry keys defined at the level of the business partner in the statutory reporting module. Target Group: Accounting specialists and trustees 11. But the data they entered was not persistent in the system. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 201 Description: The functionality allows customers to integrate external data at the point of list generation. No other industry keys were supported. the customer had to assign a predefined industry key at the level of the business partner.

6. Up to eight features for account determination can be selected.8. For each client. The posting areas must therefore be maintained accordingly.1 Client-dependent. a posting area can be specified for the general ledger (G/L) account determination of the business partner item (receivables and payables) and a posting area for G/L account determination of the G/L item (revenue and expenses). Pain Points: Weak capabilities to define control parameters for customer-specific account determination across clients after an upgrade Business Benefits: Customers have now an option to configure customer-specific account determination for each client Target Group: . customer-specific account determination Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This functionality enables configuration of customer-specific account determination for each client. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 202 Insurance-specific events Enhanced business locks Broker collections Early Adopters: All insurance carriers that are already using SAP Customer Billing for Insurance and SAP Insurance Collections and Disbursements along with new insurance customers interested in the new capabilities offered in enhancement package 4 Headline: Streamline Insurance Contract Accounting with Enhancements from SAP Business Benefits: -Enables information for related solutions regarding exceptions within FS-CD -Increases flexibility -Provides content for SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence -Allows integration with calculating systems and external solutions -Lowers TCO -Speeds up implementation projects 11.

8.6. the system creates a new reconciliation key.6.3 Positioning on individual payment plan item Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This functionality enables the positioning option for a payment plan item within table control for the payment plan items. the system requires the same number of reconciliation keys for posting broker reports as the maximum number of parallel processes that post broker reports. Pain Points: Only one broker report can post to a reconciliation key of this type at the same time Business Benefits: By having multiple broker reports posting to the same reconciliation key. This approach makes it easier to find a specific item if an insurance object and business partner relationship has five or more payment plan items. greater summarization of the total records is ensured Target Group: All FS-CD customers who use the broker functionality 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 203 All FS-CD customers 11. Pain Points: It has been difficult and time-consuming for insurance customers to find a specific payment plan item if many items are assigned to a insurance object and business partner relationship Business Benefits: Faster and efficient way to select an item Target Group: . The system then searches for reconciliation keys that have already been created and that are not being used.2 Shared reconciliation keys for broker report Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Multiple broker reports can post to the same reconciliation key. When creating a broker report. If none can be determined. the system does not create a reconciliation key but determines a valid reconciliation key immediately after posting the broker report.8. No exclusively reserved reconciliation key is used for each broker report. On any given day.

that applies to payments made to insurants.5 Check escheatment Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Escheatment is applicable only for the United States and consists of handing over abandoned or unclaimed property to a government authority. The funds become property of the state by Federal law. but after a specified period.4 Flexible withholding tax in payment plan interface Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: With enhancement package 4.6. In the case of insurance companies.8. brokers. you can enter variable withholding tax supplements that belong to a document by using the payment plan interface Pain Points: Insurance customers were facing difficulties in specifying variable withholding tax supplements for a payment plan item and allocating them appropriately to the payment plan subitems Business Benefits: The variable withholding tax supplements can be specified for a payment plan item and they are allocated appropriately to the payment plan subitem Target Group: All FS-CD customers 11. agents. and claimants when the issued check has not been negotiated after a period of time. Regulations differ from state to state. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 204 All FS-CD customers 11. Pain Points: It is defined by law that insurance companies must make reasonable efforts to contact the payee (send a notification letter) in case their check has not been claimed and escheat the respective check amount to the corresponding state Business Benefits: The legal requirement for escheatment will be fulfilled . the issued payments (most often a check or draft) are considered subject to escheatment and the funds must be turned over to the state.6.8.

users could define processing locks only with a number of days.That was insufficient for customers of SAP Insurance Collections and Disbursements. Furthermore. The processing locks can now be defined with a validity period. a number of days or a validity period can be set.8. payment lock. The number of days was transferred to a validity period of the created documents (subledger side).8. interest lock. Business Benefits: For each processing lock. users can define the processing locks with a validity period in the payment plan items. and dunning lock in the payment plan item.EhP: 4) Description: Usability Enterprise service-oriented architecture (PIC) New functionality and features Early Adopters: Customers interested in enhancing their existing scenarios with SAP Incentive and Commission Management or in building composites based on newly delivered central services Headline: Reduce TCO when Enhancing Cross-System Scenarios for SAP Incentive and Commission Management with Central Enterprise SOA Services .6.6 Business lock supplement for payment plan items Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: New functionality for processing locks like clearing lock. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 205 Target Group: FS-CD customers in the United States 11. Pain Points: Previously.7 SAP Incentive and Commission Management (BF: EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_02 . Target Group: All FS-CD customers 11.

Improved standard integration features 11.Reduced TCO by using standardized services .2 Enhanced integration Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Improves standard integration scenarios for SAP Incentive and Commission Management integrated for: . but the technology has switched to Web Dynpro for ABAP Pain Points: Mix of UI technologies causes higher costs for implementation and maintenance Business Benefits: Reduced TCO by focusing on one UI technology strategy The UIs for the roles of compensation analyst and credential manger provide easy-to-use functionality for the most common tasks and reports Target Group: Users working in the roles of compensation analyst and credential manager 11.More benefits from additional functionality .Clear architecture for enhanced business scenarios .1 User interface and usability Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The UI and functionality are consistent with the previous UI.7.Utility industry . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 206 Business Benefits: .7.Automotive industry .FI-CA component Pain Points: .8.8.

change. Business Benefits: Customers can now implement their own integration scenarios or composites more inexpensively and much faster by using the provided services.8. reverse. and find commission cases and commission documents Pain Points: Customers had to integrate legacy systems and SAP Incentive and Commission Management.4 Functional enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . standard integration .7.Reduced implementation costs .Lists open commission entitlements to update account reporting . A clear picture of the service landscape means lower costs for implementation and maintenance. Target Group: Implementation projects and system administrators 11.Stable.7.8.3 Service bundle Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: Provides services to create. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 207 Customers had to handle integration of the components mentioned above themselves.Standard integration maintained by SAP Target Group: Implementation projects and system administrators 11. which resulted in significant implementation effort.Supports the approval process and partial release of commission payments Pain Points: . resulting in higher implementation efforts Business Benefits: . Customer creation of of their own composites was expensive.

1 Support of general life benefit processes Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: FS-CM now supports handling life benefit processes Pain Points: Customers need to be able to handle insurance claims in various line of businesses.8.8. With this feature.Customers can now easily determine accruals from SAP Incentive and Commission Management . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 208 . the new line of business life benefit is introduced and works in a streamlined manner with all other lines of businesses already available in the past. granularity for partial payment was insufficient Business Benefits: .Ensures complete end-to-end processing of life benefits 11.Customers can efficiently handle fast approval of commission payments Target Group: Commission managers and accountants Class/Level of Innovation: / 11.Retention of commission payment was difficult to handle.8. Business Benefits: .EhP: 4) Description: Implementation of claim handling for the new line of business: life insurance Early Adopters: .8 Insurance Life Benefit Process (BF: INS_FSCM_LIFE .All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for life benefit processes Headline: Implementation of claim handling for the new line of business: life insurance Business Benefits: .Customers had to implement their own queries to determine accruals from SAP Incentive and Commission Management .

8. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 209 Customers can now handle claims in the life insurance line of business using this feature Target Group: Claims handler handling life benefit claims 11. Pain Points: Customers need to be able to handle life benefit claims based on insurance products based on incapacity to work coverage Business Benefits: Waiting periods can now be managed for life benefit claims using this feature Target Group: Claims handler handling life benefit claims 11.3 Standard and fund-based benefit distribution for single and repetitive payments Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: This functionality enables claims handler to distribute benefits for fund-based and non-fund-based insurance claim benefits Pain Points: Life benefits often need to be distributed to several third parties.8.8.2 Waiting period management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: This feature lists all relevant waiting periods for a life benefit claim. It also takes waiting periods of related life benefit claims into account.8. Waiting periods can influence the payment of life insurance benefits. like creditors or beneficiaries Business Benefits: Customers can now distribute life benefits Target Group: Claims handler handling life benefit claims .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 210 11.1 Media. Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable 2 (BF: MED_CA_2 - EhP: 4) Description: Enhanced functionality in the area of contract accounting.9 SAP for Media 11.9.9.4 Annuity management Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: This functionality enables customers to handle annuities within their life benefit claims Pain Points: Customers need to pay out life benefits as annuities.1. Early Adopters: Media companies with a large number of customers Headline: Customer-Facing Activities and Solid Financial Capabilities for Media Companies with Large Numbers of Subscribers Business Benefits: Enhanced functions in contract accounting for media companies 11. Business Benefits: By using this feature customers can now pay out life benefits as annuities Target Group: Claims handler handling life benefit claims 11.8.1 Enhancements for installment plans Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: .8. Generic development also available for SAP for Media customers.

2 New mass activity for revenue distribution Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The new mass activity for revenue distribution permits automatic posting of distributions.3 Business partner locks enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can set preconfigured end-dates for business locks. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 211 Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan Pain Points: Automatic calculation of interest at creation of an installment plan was impossible Business Benefits: Usability and automation Target Group: Accountant 11.9. Pain Points: Manual setting of end dates Business Benefits: Automation . Authorization concept is used at creation of business locks.9. Pain Points: Missing automation in revenue distribution Business Benefits: Automation Target Group: Accountant 11. Two additional reports for analysis are offered.1.1.

and configure log classes .4 New mass activity for credit card payments Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Automatically mass-process credit card payments Pain Points: Missing mass activity for credit card payments Business Benefits: Automation Target Group: Accountant 11. you can predefine a preselection.6 New features for mass activities Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: In mass activities. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 212 Target Group: Accountant 11.9.1.5 Group items for automatic clearing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: At automatic clearing.9. use generic variants.1.9. you can group selected items Pain Points: No group of items in automatic clearing Business Benefits: Usability Target Group: Accountant 11.1.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 213 Pain Points: Usability of mass activities Business Benefits: Usability and automation Target Group: Accountant 11.9.7 Use ledger groups for doubtful receivables Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables Pain Points: No ledger groups for doubtful receivables Business Benefits: Usability Target Group: Accountant 11.9.1.1.8 New archiving objects Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents Pain Points: No archiving of revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents Business Benefits: TCO reduction Target Group: Accountant and system administrator .

9 New extractors to SAP NetWeaver BI Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Payment and returns history can be extracted to SAP NetWeaver BI Pain Points: No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI Business Benefits: Better analytics Target Group: Accountant 11.1.11 Extended service for external cash desks Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Additional features of the enterprise service for external cash desks to be used in an internal scenario .1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 214 11.9.9.1.9.10 Service for legal dunning Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: You can use an enterprise service to communicate with external collection agencies and legal dunning organizations Pain Points: No interface to legal dunning and external collection agencies Business Benefits: Standardized communication Target Group: Collector 11.

you can replace the current champion strategy to improve collections. you can define challenger strategies. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 215 Pain Points: No option to use the service in an internal scenario Business Benefits: Use the service internally Target Group: Cashier and collector 11.1.1.12 Define champion and challenger collection strategies Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The new feature allows definition of test series for champion and challenger collection strategies. For a certain percentage of your champion collection strategies.9. If the challenger strategy is more successful. which are then assigned to master data groups. Pain Points: Companies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities Business Benefits: The new features allow testing the current collection strategies against alternative collection approaches. open items.13 Enhanced revenue distribution Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Consider distribution rates to distribute revenues. Target Group: Collector 11.9. and unassigned payments to final recipients Pain Points: Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically Business Benefits: .

The system splits the business partner line into as many lines as general ledger lines in the document. Splitting of business partner lines: the user can enter one business partner line and more than one general ledger lines. Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as an input field in posting FICA documents when using transaction FPE1. GM update: the order.1.14 Manage correspondence in interaction center Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Configure correspondence types Compose outbound correspondence Provide document management service Pain Points: Depending on its collection procedures. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 216 The new features allow revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues Target Group: Revenue agencies 11. a collection agency needs to maintain various correspondence types Business Benefits: The new features allow collection agencies to set up new correspondence types for collection purposes flexibly and then use them in the context of collections management Target Group: Collection agencies Fund accounting integration Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: FM derivation and update: the reconciliation account is replaced in the FM derivation by the general Ledger account that results from the account determination. .9. cost center. and WBS element are made available in the GM update for the receivable/payable line(s) coming from FICA.

with a focus on U.9. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 217 Pain Points: Reporting according to fund accounting regulations Business Benefits: Enhanced reporting capabilities Target Group: Accountants 11.9. and complaint processing.2. The system uses a contract account template.EhP: 4) Description: Enhanced and additional functionality in the area of subscription management Early Adopters: Newspaper publishers using subscription management.2 Media. Headline: Enhanced Functionality for Subscriptions Management (North American Extension) Business Benefits: You can use this business function to process both subscription sales and distribution and single copy sales of newspapers and magazines.1 Automatic contract account creation Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to have the system create a contract account automatically when you create a new business partner or a new role for an existing business partner.S. Functions are available for the business partner and payment processing. New functions are also available in the customer interaction center (CIC) and for importing and changing bulk data. publishers. 11. and for carriers in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality . home delivery. for controlling renewal subscriptions. Subscription Management 2 (BF: MED_MSD_1 . for circulation auditing (ABC).

9. You can select an offer alternative for a renewal offer in advance in the CIC. which you can define as you wish. The system then uses this offer alternative during the monitoring run.2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 218 Target Group: Sales agent 11.3 Enhanced monitoring procedure determination for renewal subscriptions Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function in the same way as the condition technique to determine the monitoring procedure using flexible predefined look-ups. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. The system generates the alternative offer items automatically during the monitoring run. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent . New key fields are available for each look-up.2.9. The offer alternatives can be determined by a variety of access sequences.2 Generation of multiple renewal offers Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to generate several alternative offer items for an order based on flexibly definable offer alternatives.

If the suspension extends into the tolerance period.5 Generation of bonus days and up-give items Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use these functions to increase circulation of your daily newspaper actively.4 Suspension of monitoring steps Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to ensure that customers with suspended renewal subscriptions are not sent reminder letters triggered by the monitoring function during their absence. As part of a sales promotion. The function for generating bonus days allows you to supply customers of a daily newspaper who do not have a full subscription with free copies on days on which they do not normally receive the newspaper. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 219 11.2.9. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: .2. The promotion has no affect on the expiration date.9. the system skips the monitoring step that is scheduled to take place during the original tolerance period and postpones it by the number of suspension days in the tolerance period. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. you can generate up-give items for partial subscriptions so that the orders switch to full subscriptions with daily delivery for a certain period.

9.9. The monitoring procedure automatically removes the payment lock on the contract account and the system refunds the credit with the next payment run after the subscription has been terminated.8 Fast entry of incoming payments for renewal subscriptions Class/Level of Innovation: . Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 220 Sales agent 11.2.2. The system does not unlock other active credit items that do not result from this renewal subscription. open credits resulting from a suspension or complaint can be reimbursed automatically.6 CIC scripting for bad payers Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to indicate bad payers so that the agent in the CIC can identify them immediately from the scripting in the navigation area. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Better usability Target Group: Sales agent Automatic unlocking of subscription credits Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: When a customer terminates a renewal subscription.

classified by publication. home delivery district. which are triggered automatically and which control communication with the service runner. as well as by entering the assignment number directly. You can also enter payment amounts as tips and donations. Monitoring takes place using the dispatching cockpit. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Better usability Target Group: Sales agent 11. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent .9. Subsequent deliveries are processed using workflows.2. A separate function is available for entering lockbox payments that could not be processed automatically.9 Dispatching Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: You can use this function to process and monitor customer complaints or complaints regarding shipping orders based on workflows. You can change these as you wish before updating the payment amounts. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 221 Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use these functions to enter incoming payments for credit card or check payments in the CIC using short-dialog function keys. which provides an overview of all complaints for the current date. You can determine the correct assignment from the order number. You can refresh the display at any time. and carrier route. which you can enhance according to your requirements.

12 Complaint charge for carriers . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 222 11. The process is controlled by a carrier change notification.2.10 Postponed delivery Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this new function to hold issues during a vacation suspension for a customer whose subscription is supplied by home delivery. This function takes account of customer complaints and complaints for shipping orders.9. the carrier receives a message indicating that it is time to deliver the issues that have been held. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. When the threshold is crossed.2. After the suspension is over.11 Automatic creation of shipping problem messages Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Thresholds defined in the system can be used to control whether a shipping problem message is created automatically for each carrier route. the agents at the customer service center automatically receive notification when they enter the next complaint so that they can react accordingly. and then deliver the issues on the customer's return.9. which is triggered at the start of a suspension and instructs the carrier to hold the issues.2.9.

Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11.New business partners and orders based on an offer or a campaign .Terminations You can use the mass change of customer data function to change the customer group. or geographical unit. either for specific orders or for all orders in a selected carrier route.13 Mass processing functions Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The bulk order data import function creates the following data from external files in SAP software: .9. and the customer procedure for monitoring in the business partner sales area data. the credit memo can also be posted to the liability account.2. In the case of renewal subscriptions.Suspensions . You can use the mass credit memo creation for complaints function to generate credit memos based on complaints. the price group. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality . truck route. You can cumulate the complaints by weekday and weight them according to complaint reasons. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 223 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to charge the carrier for customer complaints relating to a specific carrier route and received during the billing period.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 224 Target Group: Sales agent 11.Postal code .Sales document type Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11.Sales area .Billing frequency .14 ABC reporting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The following enhanced report functions are available for creating ABC reports: .9.2.2. You can further restrict selection of the relevant subscriptions according to the following criteria:.You can use the nth factor function to select each nth subscription randomly.Gift .Customer group . based on a key date and a specified factor n.You can identify discount subscriptions according to the following new characteristics: .15 Entering payments from head offices for stores Class/Level of Innovation: .Service type .Sales promotion .Delivery type .9.Publication .Price group .

Pain Points: Missing functions Business Benefits: Enhanced functions Target Group: Sales agent 11.9.2.16 Returns charge for carriers Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: If you perform shipping by home delivery in the shipping interface in periodical sales and distribution. you must specify the head office in the business partner master data for the stores.9. you can use this function in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media to generate debit memo requests for the carrier in addition to the credit memo requests that are generated for the retailer when releasing returns.17 Changing carriers in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . Before you can use the function.2. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 225 Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This function in contract accounts receivable and payable allows you to use payment lots to enter and assign payments made by a head office for its stores for billing documents from SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media.

11. books.Early Adopters: Press distributors and publishers Headline: Enhanced Functionality for Press Distribution Business Benefits: You can use this business function to plan and process sales and distribution of media products (such as newspapers.3. magazines.3 Media.Carrier needs to be replaced. due to illness Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11.1 Extend distribution list Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . or promotional articles) reliably. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 226 If you perform shipping by home delivery in the shipping interface in periodical sales and distribution. Press Distribution 2 (BF: MED_PDEX_1 . New and enhanced functions are available for newspaper and magazine publishers and press distribution (wholesale).EhP: 4) Description: Enhanced and additional functionality for supporting end-to-end processes in the areas of circulation management and press distribution. A change of carrier can be necessary in the following cases: .Carrier route is restructured . you can use this function in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media to change the carrier automatically in all relevant contracts.Carrier hands in his notice .9. perhaps temporarily. This approach is based on a scenario whereby the carrier also works as a reseller and supplies retailers on the carrier route. DVDs.9. CDs.

Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. At the end of the life cycle of a media issue. you apply the influencing criteria in sales quantity planning to a media issue. That gives you a clear overview of the planned sales quantities and planned quantity changes based on events.3 Configurable display of stock key figures . You define the effect of each event on the sales quantities. You can start or end supply immediately on the customer's request in customer service. You classify an event according to a variety of configurable criteria.9.9.2 Event-based sales quantity planning Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Use of events has been enhanced and integrated in sales quantity planning. You can extend or restrict the customer distribution list directly. If you use SAP for Retail.3. The system displays the potential distribution options for a media issue in the planning process in sales quantity planning. you can use assortments to specify which points of sale are allowed for a title. You can search for similar events and use your influencing criteria for future issues in sales quantity planning. If the event then occurs.3. you check the event used and. if necessary. define unexpected events to correct the sales quantities. You use these functions to extend the list of customers to be supplied if the circulation figures or delivery quantity is unexpectedly high. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 227 You can use the new functions to extend or restrict the number of points of sale that are to be supplied for a media issue.

9.3.9. for example in purchase quantity planning.4 Recalls for customer groups Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can calculate separate recall dates and take them into account for predefined customer groups (example: retail chains) when processing recalls of unsold copies Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. or when processing goods receipts or publisher returns.3. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. You can take the configured stock key figures into account.5 Planning issues due for shipping Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . in customer service. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 228 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to group fields from stock and display them in the applications in press distribution. The system displays the stock data that is relevant to the process step in question.

3.9. media issues.3. the system displays current stocks and weights.6 Transportation planning Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You use the transportation planning functions to specify which truck routes are served from a plant and which vehicles are used. If you plan media issues for shipping after goods receipt. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 229 The new and enhanced functions give you an overview of the media issues that are due for shipping and an option to release shipping for each media issue or supply cycle. as well as the planned delivery quantities. you can use the processing functions to move the customers from one truck route to another. and the weight for each truck route during planning. Complete planning by releasing the media issues for outbound delivery or transferring an outbound delivery cycle to transportation planning.9. you can move parts of the delivery quantities to other supply cycles. You can display the number of customers. If there are differences in the figures. The planning overview also contains details such as excess weight and the assigned customers and issues for a truck route.7 Customer return check Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . If bottlenecks arise.

That means you can correct and release processing of locked customer returns without having to postedit them manually.9.3. Archived media issues remain in the issue sequence and are assigned the status of archived . you can change the master data of the media issue and navigate to the required process steps. or media issue basic data) according to your requirements.8 Role-specific process check Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to configure the media issue work list for various user roles. You can check key figures across several process steps. When checking the processing status.9 Media issue archiving Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to archive media issues.3. you can use specific views (for example. You can define the processing steps in media issue processing for specific roles. sales areas. When doing so. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 230 You can use a return check procedure to define various checks for returns received from customers in customizing. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11.9. Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. for plants.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 231 Pain Points: Missing functionality Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent 11. order blocking.1 Maintain business partner texts Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . conversion of units of measurement. 11. booking of online orders. who use advertising management and strive to increase the usability of the solution New customers in the newspaper and magazine segment who leverage enhancements to lower implementation effort and duration All customers who use revenue recognition functionality and want to use this functionality in conjunction with profit center postings Headline: Enhanced and Additional Functionality for Advertising Management Business Benefits: You can use this business function to apply differentiated revenue account assignment to cost accounting objects for combined booking units. Early Adopters: Existing newspaper and magazine customers. pricing.4 Media. A significant number of functions that make advertising management more user-friendly are also available: booking of advertising sales zones. and assignment of cost accounting objects. credit card authorization. Additional functionality to support increased integration of revenue recognition and cost accounting. mass charge-off of receivables.9. contract determination.9. with a special focus on customers in EMEA and APJ. editing of manual condition types.4. entry of sort words. Advertising Management 2 (BF: MED_MAM_1 .EhP: 4) Description: Enhanced functionality in advertising management to increase usability of the solution and user satisfaction. order deadline checks. sales agent assignment.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 232 You can use this function to add texts to the business partner master data and then log notes and comments.4. Business Benefits: Additional functionality provides increased transparency of the sales process to prevent losses. A change history is also available.9.3 Sales agent assignment using the new requirement types Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Sales agent assignment using the new requirement types design type and item category Pain Points: Limited flexibility in assigning agents to orders. Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality Target Group: Sales agent and financial manager 11. Business Benefits: .9.4. Customer implementation increases TCO. Missing info about the BP can cause errors. A user can be assigned read-only or write authorization here.2 Use default values to generate the credit master data record for media customers Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use default values to generate the credit master data record for media customers Pain Points: Missing functionality inhibits better control of the sales process and can lead to losses. Pain Points: Difficult to maintain additional information about the business partner (BP). Target Group: Sales agent 11.

You can continue to create orders that this agency places for other advertisers or this advertiser issues using a different agency.4.9.9. Pain Points: Missing control of sales process. Pain Points: Missing functionality for mass transactions. Business Benefits: Additional and more specific control of sales processes Target Group: Sales agent and sales administrator 11.5 Order block for advertisers and agencies Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to prevent creation of orders for defined agency and advertiser combinations. Target Group: Sales administrator 11. Lowering TCO by avoiding customer-specific enhancements. Target Group: Sales administrator 11. Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality decreases costs for maintaining master data.9.4. High repeatable effort in maintaining master data.4 Reassign sales agent contracts Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to divide requirements or requirement elements or both and copy them into other sales agent contracts.6 Enhance agency orders .4. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 233 Higher flexibility in configuration to assign agent contracts to orders.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 234 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to transfer the business partner number for the advertiser for an agency to the store account number field in the accounting document segment (table BSEG) and therefore use standard reports and functions to select open items for a specific advertiser for an agency or an agency for specific advertisers. Pain Points: Inefficient usability to maintain data causes additional efforts.4.8 Assign several condition types to a billing dataset Class/Level of Innovation: .9.7 Search helps for an advertiser and an agency when maintaining contracts Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Search helps for an advertiser for an agency and an agency for an advertiser when creating and changing contracts.9.4. Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality provides a better view and control of the advertiser-agency relationship level Target Group: Sales manager and financial manager 11. Target Group: Sales agent 11. Less control of sales process. Business Benefits: Decreasing costs by improved usability. Pain Points: Inadequate view of the advertiser-agency relationship in the end-to-end process.

sales manager. Target Group: Sales agent 11. and controller 11. Target Group: Sales administrator. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 235 Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Assign several condition types to a billing dataset that can come from several different scale-base contracts.4. Pain Points: Missing functionality for specific business models causes increased TCO due to customer-specific enhancements.4. Business Benefits: Enhancing transparency and control of business processes.9.9.10 Automated mass charge-off of open items from FI-AR Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Automated mass charge-off of open items (smallest amounts and unrecoverable receivables) from accounts receivable accounting (FI-AR) Pain Points: . Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.9 Assign cost center and profit center to booking units Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Assign cost center and profit center to booking units Pain Points: Missing transparency and control of business processes.

4.4. Pain Points: Insufficient usability causes additional efforts in maintaining sales data. you can restrict the authorization of credit cards to the difference amount (delta authorization).12 Change the technical content component for unpublished schedule lines Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Change the technical content component for unpublished schedule lines even if a schedule line for the item has already been published. Pain Points: Little flexibility in sales process. Additional costs for a third party caused by incoherent authorization processes.9.9. Business Benefits: . Business Benefits: Lower costs for maintaining data and third-party authorization costs Target Group: Sales agent 11.11 Bundling of credit card authorization and delta authorization Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use these functions to bundle billing datasets for authorization of credit cards. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 236 Insufficient support for mass transactions causes additional effort Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality for mass transaction reduces costs in maintaining data Target Group: Sales agent 11. and if a change is made to the order.

Pain Points: Insufficient usability is source of errors Business Benefits: Better usability decreases errors and increases customer satisfaction Target Group: Sales agent 11.9.9. In items that have several advertisers. sales agent determination. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 237 Additional flexibility in sales process increases customer satisfaction.4. select a predefined ad size rather than entering the ad size.13 Change advertiser industry sector manually Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can change the industry sector defined on the advertiser screen. and display the ad content in the technical editor used to design classified ads (IS-M/AMC) using a hotspot.15 Contract determination using specific attributes .14 Extended order processing in the customer interaction center (CIC) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can cancel ad items.4.4.9. and contract determination. you can assign advertisers to different industry sectors. Target Group: Sales agent 11. reporting. Pain Points: Little flexibility in maintaining orders decreases transparency and control of the sales process Business Benefits: Enhanced flexibility increases transparency and control of the sales process Target Group: Sales agent 11. You can also use the industry sector for price calculation.

. Pain Points: Insufficient usability is source of errors and creates additional effort to maintain data.9.Issue variant type . Business Benefits: Better usability lowers costs and reduces errors. including those that were inserted on the condition screen directly and those that result from discounts and surcharges.16 Copy manual condition types Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can copy all manual condition types. Target Group: Sales agent 11.4. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 238 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The element in a contract requirement means that a contract assignment to a billing dataset in an ad order is created only if the following attributes match. which increases TCO. and the maximum size of the ad is not exceeded: .Industry sector Pain Points: Specific business models can be implemented by custom specific enhancements only.Booking unit price group .Positioning . Business Benefits: Lowering TCO by enhanced functionality. Increases customer satisfaction. Pricing is not repeated when the condition types are copied. the minimum size of the ad is reached.Customer price group .

19 Check of ad dimensions during order processing Class/Level of Innovation: .18 Transfer selected intermediate documents (IDocs) to partners using filters Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Transfer selected intermediate documents (IDocs) to partners using filters. Target Group: Sales administrator and system engineer 11. Pain Points: Specific business models can be implemented by custom specific enhancements only. Target Group: Sales agent 11.4. Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.4.9.17 Display public holiday information in the ad schedule line and in pricing. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 239 Target Group: Sales agent 11. which increases TCO.4. Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Display public holiday information in the ad schedule line and in pricing. Pain Points: Missing functionality causes increased TCO.9.9. Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.

4. Target Group: Sales agent 11. Target Group: Sales agent 11. Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality allows higher flexibility to map specific business models. Business Benefits: Better usability allows better control of the sales process. The media sector uses business models in which it is not possible to decide whether a discount is to be granted for the sales volumes achieved until the end of the calendar month.9. the number of contracts in each client is no longer restricted to one million in each client. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 240 Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: During order processing. but did not avoid the restriction in the actual system implementation that you could only create a million contracts for each client. The use of contracts previously supported these business models.21 Publication calendar for online items Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature . you can check to see if the ad dimensions correspond to the defined rules (minimum and maximum rules). Pain Points: Little control of the sales process causes losses and decreased customer satisfaction due to errors. Pain Points: Little flexibility in the sales process.20 Increase the maximum number of contract in a client Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Since you can now use alphanumeric contract numbers along with to purely numeric contract numbers.9.4.

4. Business Benefits: Additional pricing and placement models are supported by enhanced functionality. Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality allows users to implement new business models in online ad sales.23 Online up-selling Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to make the indicator for the Web publication modifiable in the order and pricing. Pain Points: Missing functionality prevents mapping specific sales requirements efficiently.9. Target Group: Sales agent 11. Pain Points: Missing flexibility for existing sales and business models requires manual work and additional effort.22 Specify a time slice for online items Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Specify a time slice for online items that defines the publication start and end of the banner. Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 241 Description: You can use this function to book individual or consecutive publication dates for specific online items. Target Group: Sales agent 11.9.4. Pain Points: Missing functionality prevents mapping specific business models.

4.24 Remote check blocking advertising management orders Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: RFC-enabled function module ISM_ORDER_ENQUEUE_CHECK to check the blocking of advertising management orders. which prevents further effort. Pain Points: Missing technical capabilities increase TCO. New functionality lowers TCO.9.4. Target Group: Sales agent and production manager 11. Business Benefits: Higher flexibility to map specific pricing models. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 242 Better usability provides increased flexibility and avoids errors in the sales process.25 New fields for order pricing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: New fields for order pricing Pain Points: Increased need for flexible pricing cannot be supported efficiently and increases TCO. Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality lowers TCO and reduces errors in production process. which increases customer satisfaction Target Group: Sales agent 11.9. Target Group: Sales agent and sales manager .

Target Group: Sales agent and sales manager 11.4. flexibility. and automation in pricing prevents to implement more sophisticated pricing models.9.27 Define default advertiser price groups from the payer or advertiser master data Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Define default advertiser price groups from the payer or advertiser master data Pain Points: Limited usability.28 Extended series pricing rule Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature .4.26 Optimize performance for creating or changing media-specific business objects Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Optimized performance for creating or changing media-specific business objects Pain Points: Poor performance prevents users from implementing complex business models. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 243 11. especially in digital ad sales Business Benefits: Improved performance allows users to implement complex business models.9.4. Business Benefits: Better usability and higher flexibility allows users to achieve coherent pricing and increase customer satisfaction with simultaneous increases in sales control Target Group: Sales agent and sales manager 11.9.

29 Check the ad content after the booking unit or content component is changed Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function when a manual change is made to trigger a new check of the ad content (style and design options according to the booking unit and content component) Pain Points: Missing functionality causes errors.30 Rounding the actual height Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .4.9. Pain Points: Specific business and pricing models can be implemented only by custom and specific enhancements. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 244 Description: Extended series pricing rule for defining the number of weekdays required in the series. which increases TCO Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality lowers TCO by providing the capability to map specific pricing models with standard means.9. New pricing models can attract additional customers and increase revenues.4. which can damage the public image of the publisher and legal problems Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality prevents errors and avoids potential legal trials Target Group: Sales agent 11. Target Group: Sales agent and sales manager 11.

31 Creation of weekday-dependent zones Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to assign ad orders for defined ad sales zones to the publication dates on available weekdays. business content component. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 245 This function provides rounding rules that you can use according to the combination of booking unit. Target Group: Sales agent 11. Errors can be avoided.32 Enhancements to sort word generation Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to generate sort words using predefined rules that you implement using function modules or transfer to downstream technical systems (such as pagination). Target Group: Sales agent 11.9.9. Pain Points: Inefficient usability causes errors and increases effort Business Benefits: Better usability accelerates sales processes and decreases costs.4. design ad type. which increases customer satisfaction.4. Pain Points: Manual work causes unnecessary effort . and unit of measurement to define the values to be rounded up or down Pain Points: Missing usability in pricing means a lack of transparency for customers Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality increases transparency for advertisers and agencies and simplifies internal control. Customer satisfaction increases.

and target unit of measurement involved to define how to perform conversion to the target unit of measurement Pain Points: Limited ability to compare the sales of different products decreases transparency in the business Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality provides additional transparency for customers and better control of the business Target Group: Sales agent and sales manager . design ad type. Pain Points: Less flexibility to map business models efficiently Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality provides increased flexibility to control specific business models better Target Group: Sales agent and sales manager 11.34 Convert units of measurement for ad sizes Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This function provides conversion rules that you can use according to the combination of booking unit.9.4.4.9. business content component.33 Divide the ad size between several advertisers Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Divide the ad size between several advertisers as a percentage or an absolute value in the price- relevant unit of measurement. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 246 Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality automates the sales process and decreases costs and errors Target Group: Sales agent 11.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 247 11. which can lead to increased revenue. and canceling an order for which you can define access sequences in customizing.4.36 Differentiated revenue and accruals account assignment Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use this function to post accrual amounts for different cost accounting objects to basic booking units even if only one specific account is involved. Pain Points: Missing functionality for specific control of the sales and production process.9.9. The order deadline is displayed as an offset in days to the publication date and as a time. Pain Points: Missing functionality for supporting end-to-end processes causes additional manual effort Business Benefits: Enhanced functionality for supporting commercial end-to-end processes reduces errors and supports compliance Target Group: Financial manager. and sales manager 11.10.4.10 SAP for Mill Products 11. controller.35 Enhancement for checking the order deadline Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This function provides different offsets for creating.1 Mill Functionalities for Mining (BF: /SAPMP/GEN_MILLFUNC - EhP: 4) . Deadlines can be optimized. changing. Little flexibility in deadline management. Target Group: Sales agent and sales manager 11. Business Benefits: Additional control of the sales and production process reduces errors and provides more flexibility.

and an external optimizer for trim orders .1. primarily in China and Russia) Early Adopters: .No single screen overview of variant configuration across multiple items Business Benefits: . SAP APO.Increased user productivity by entering characteristics on one main screen in sales orders .Reduced number of material numbers by enabling configurable material variants 11.Complex user interaction to switch to configuration screen per item . and MRP Controller working SAP ERP production orders 11. and display variant configuration for multiple production order items in an item overview screen Pain Points: .Elimination of the need to run two separate systems for the mill and mining businesses .Improved usability and a better overview when working with production orders with multiple configured items Target Group: Production planner.1 Fast data entry of variant configuration in production order Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Allows users to enter.2 Fast data entry of variant configuration in SAP ERP sales order . change.10.Focus customers are mainly companies that are running primary metals operations (steel and aluminum) along with their mining business Headline: Reduce TCO by Providing Mining Customers with Mill Functionalities in the Same System: Make a Second Installation Unnecessary Business Benefits: .Customers who are running mining and mill operations and want to have only one system .10.Enablement of seamless integration of SAP ERP. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 248 Description: Selected mill functionalities are made available for selected SAP for Mining customers (combined mill and mining companies. production supervisor.1.

Allows production orders with multiple production order items . Business Benefits: .Overview in one screen and inheritance across items to avoid typos and errors Target Group: Sales representative working with SD transactions in SAP ERP 11.Characteristics can be grouped in customizing into characteristic displays that can be selected in the SAP ERP sales document.Enable SAP ERP to receive SAP APO production orders created through the SAP APO trim optimization interface Pain Points: -Limited capabilities of SAP ERP production orders when working with multiple item orders and massive coproduction (example: steel industry) .No overview in one screen on the variant configuration of multiple items.Complicated user interaction when the user has to configure multiple sales document items. .Fast data entry allows users to enter 10 characteristics from variant configuration in the item overview screen of the SAP ERP sales document. Changes of configuration in global items can be directly inherited to all related local items.1.3 Multi-item production order and trim optimization interface (TOI) order Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . . . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 249 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .10.Fast data entry allows users to define global and local document items. .Flexible quantity calculation from production order items (coproducts) to production order header . user needs to switch from overview screen to configuration screen for each item.Faster and simplified entry of configured sales document items .Fast data entry significantly improves handling of variant configuration across multiple document items. Pain Points: .

Ability to create and change variant configuration of such production orders.Increased flexibility to reassign stocks to specific customer demands .Reduced amount of material master data . and production supervisors working with SAP ERP production orders 11.1.2 Configurable MTS with Individual Batch Valuation (BF: /SAPMP/PP_CMTSBVAL . MRP controllers.Improved flexibility for industries with coproduction Target Group: Production planner. In certain industries. Pain Points: .EhP: 4) Description: Configurable make-to-stock (MTS) with individual batch valuation.Ability to create production orders for configurable products (KMAT) and configurable variants in a make-to-stock scenario.Reduced scrap and setup times by connecting an external trim optimizer to SAP APO .4 Make-to-stock production with configurable products Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . .Enablement of postponement strategies and late order decoupling point (handover from MTS to MTO as late as possible) Target Group: Production planners. . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 250 Business Benefits: .Production of configurable products is possible only in make-to-order. MRP controller. . Business Benefits: .Make-to-stock production is possible only for fully configured variants.10.10. and production supervisor working with SAP ERP production orders 11. the amount of possible characteristics combinations does not allow users to define a fully configured variant for each combination.

Multilevel production of configurable products created a conflict between production planning and costing . but mill companies also require this capability in an MTS scenario.Support of cross-plant stock transfers for such a process .Production order costs based on valuations of component batches rather than on standard prices .2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 251 Core SAP software enables individual batch valuation only in a make-to-order (MTO) scenario.Now allows changes for costing-relevant characteristics while providing precise material valuation and profitability 11.User guidance and process consistency through improved status management and status overview report Pain Points: .Improved accounting transparency (product costing and stock valuation) and support for supply chain flexibility: requirements for production planning .10. Early Adopters: Customer in the mill products industry with a high number of characteristic combinations who needs to work with configurable products in a make-to-stock scenario but also needs precise material valuation and profitability reporting Headline: Precise Material Valuation and Profitability Reporting in a Make-To-Stock Scenario with Configurable Products Through Individual Batch Valuation Business Benefits: Increased flexibility and interchangeability in supply-chain planning through customer-driven make- to-stock with configurable products .1 Make-to-stock for configurable products with individual batch valuation Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .Correct accounting (product costing and valuation) only if all levels of production are in the customer segment .Goods receipt for the production orders valuates stocks using the production order cost estimate .Production planners prefer to produce configurable products to stock to provide more flexibility Business Benefits: .

Multistock and multilocation stock projection for better visibility .Flexibility for users to change layout 11. and schedule quantities simultaneously in one transaction Headline: Increase Usability for Transportation Planning and Stock Information with One Transaction Business Benefits: .Ability for users to plan and create distribution schedules for transports combining demand and supply items with vehicles .Real-time update of changed scheduled transport in stock projection .11. need to see the stock projection.EhP: 4) Description: Combines the existing functionalities of three-way pegging and stock projection worksheet into one transaction using a Web Dynpro user interface Early Adopters: Customers who have to plan the transport of commodities interactively. production supervisors.1 Web transaction to combine scheduling and stock information and plan transports Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . the system will create simulated distribution schedules . and controllers SAP for Mining 11.User-friendly interface . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 252 Target Group: Production planners.Items to be scheduled and stock information are visible in the same transaction .Only one transaction instead of two . MRP controllers.1.1 Commodity Management and Bulk Transports (BF: LOG_COMMODITY_TRANSPORT_MGMT_4 .Planning can be done either in a three-way pegging tab or from the stock projection worksheet by just entering or changing quantities in columns.11.

Transportation planning is an iterative process. hiding.1.Layout of the graphics can be changed .\ 11. Having all information on one place saves time. or moving columns .Calculation of available capacity on the fly when data changes .Changes don't need to be saved to be seen on the other tab .2 Flexible selection and easy adoption to user's needs Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / New Capability Description: .Undo and redo functionality Pain Points: .General selection of various criteria possible. additional and different selection criteria can be used for the individual tab strips. for example different date ranges for the general selection and for the stock projection worksheet tab .Many customers use spreadsheets or multiple systems .11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 253 . .Additional selection criteria can be added .User can change in user-dependent setting the layout by adding. Target Group: Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials.Currently.Currently limited user-dependent layout capabilities Business Benefits: Increased user acceptance Target Group: .Flexible aggregation and disaggregation of inventory data in stock projection worksheet tab strips Pain Points: .Impact of interactive scheduling changes on inventory situation can be seen immediately without prior saving. SAP Trader's and Scheduler's Workbench does not allow flexible selection and aggregation and disaggregation .Current transaction is not very user-friendly Business Benefits: .

Relevant dates will be copied into distribution schedules . 11. and dates) . The reversal of all cutback postings with selection inception to date in FI and the reset of cutback ledger 4E/4F for the period to zero. customers have to maintain customer tables and customer-exits to manage vehicle schedule information Business Benefits: Reduced implementation and customization effort Target Group: Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials 11.EhP: 4) Description: The reversal of all joint venture accounting cutback postings in a period in FI and the reset of cutback ledger 4E/4F for the period to zero.11.A nomination type and view can be used to maintain vehicle-relevant schedules (routes. Early Adopters: Customers operating joint ventures and using joint-venture accounting Headline: Reverse All Cutback Postings (Documents) in a Period in FI and Reset Cutback Total Ledger 4E .12 SAP for Oil & Gas 11. stages.Use of freightliner offers cannot be maintained any longer Pain Points: Currently.Data will be visible in the transport available section in three-way pegging (SAP Trader's and Scheduler's Workbench and dynamic scheduling) . routes.3 Freightliner offer to maintain schedules. and stages of vehicles easily Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .1 Joint Venture Cutback Reverse (BF: JVA_CUTB_REVERSE . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 254 Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials.1.12.

It resets the cutback ledger 4E and 4F to zero for this period.13.1. The correction would be for one period at a time.13 SAP for Public Sector 11. and fund accounting. but a correction with the selection criteria of inception to date is also possible. Early Adopters: Public services agencies collecting taxes or other revenues Headline: Improve Collections and Account Receivable Processes Business Benefits: Improve collections Automate distribution processes . Collections and Correspondence Management (BF: PSCD_COLLECTIONS_MANAGEMENT_1 .EhP: 4) Description: New functionality for managing correspondence in the interaction center. enhanced revenue distribution. champion and challenger collection strategies. A correction with the selection criteria for inception to date is also possible.12. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 255 Business Benefits: It facilitates the reversal of the results of all cutback postings in case of errors in a period. Pain Points: The correction of incorrect cutback postings (documents and JVA ledger) Business Benefits: It facilitates reversal of the results of all cutback postings in case of errors in a period Target Group: All current and future JVA customers 11.1 PSCD.1 Joint venture cutback reversal Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: It automatically corrects reversals in FI and at the same time corrects the 4E cutback ledger. 11.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 256 11.2 Enhanced revenue distribution Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Consider distribution rates when distributing revenues. GM update: as of IS-PS-CA 604.1. the user can enter one business partner line and more than one general ledger line: the system splits the business partner line into as many lines as there are general ledger lines in the document. cost center. the order. and WBS element are made available in the GM update for the receivable or payable line(s) coming from FICA.1 Fund accounting integration Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: FM derivation and update: as of IS-PS-CA 604. open items.1. Splitting of business partner lines: as of IS-PS-CA 604. Pain Points: Reporting according to fund accounting regulations Business Benefits: Enhanced reporting capabilities Target Group: Accountants 11. and unassigned payments to final recipients Pain Points: Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically Business Benefits: The new features allow revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues Target Group: Revenue agencies . Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as input field in posting of FICA documents by using transaction FPE1.13.13. the reconciliation account is replaced in FM derivation by the general ledger account that results from account determination.

For a certain percentage of your champion collection strategies.13.1. you can define challenger strategies. a collection agency needs to maintain various correspondence types Business Benefits: The new features allow collection agencies to set up new correspondence types for collection purposes flexibly and use them in the context of collections management Target Group: Collection agencies .4 Manage correspondence in interaction center Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Configure correspondence types Compose outbound correspondence Provide document management services Pain Points: Depending on its collection procedures. If the challenger strategy is more successful.13. which are then assigned to the master data groups. the collection agency can replace the current champion strategy to improve collections. Target Group: Collection agencies 11.3 Define champion and challenger collection strategies Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The new feature allows collection agencies to define test series for champion and challenger collection strategies.1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 257 11. Pain Points: Collection agencies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities Business Benefits: The new features allow collection agencies to test their current collection strategies against alternate collection approaches.

13.5 Enhancements for installment plans Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan Pain Points: Automatic calculation of interest at creation of an installment plan was impossible Business Benefits: Improve usability Automate business processes Target Group: Revenue agencies 11.6 Enhancements for business partner locks Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: You can set preconfigured end dates for business locks considering the authorization concept at creation of business locks Pain Points: Manual setting of end dates Business Benefits: Automate business processes Target Group: Revenue agencies New mass activity for credit card payments Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Process credit card payments automatically using new mass activity .1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 258 11.1.13.

1.9 New features for mass activities Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: In mass activities you can predefine a preselection.13.8 Group items for automatic clearing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: At automatic clearing. use generic variants and configure log classes Pain Points: Usability of mass activities Business Benefits: Improve usability of mass activities Automate business processes Target Group: .13. you can group selected items Pain Points: No group of items in automatic clearing Business Benefits: Improve usability Target Group: Revenue agencies 11.1. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 259 Pain Points: Missing mass activity for credit card payments Business Benefits: Automate business processes Target Group: Revenue agencies 11.

13. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 260 Revenue agencies 11.1.12 New extractors to SAP NetWeaver BI Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: You can extract the payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI .13.1.11 New archiving objects Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents Pain Points: No archiving of revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents Business Benefits: Reduce TCO Target Group: Revenue agencies 11.10 Ledger groups for doubtful receivables Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables Pain Points: No ledger groups for doubtful receivables Business Benefits: Improve usability Target Group: Revenue agencies 11.1.13.

Enables users to establish cash-basis accounting via the new cash ledger functionality in addition to the traditional accrual accounting that is already available in the general ledger environment .2 PSM. Early Adopters: . .Typically. It realizes expenses and revenue only at the time cash is paid or received. Cash-Basis Accounting and Cash Flow Reporting (BF: PSM_FA_CASH .Public sector customers with a need to generate cash flow reporting in financial accounting Headline: Enable a Cash-Basis View or Cash Flow Reporting in Financial Accounting Business Benefits: .2. .Both features. are integral parts of the new general ledger 11.13.EhP: 4) Description: Enables users to generate a cash-basis view on accounting by means of a separate cash ledger or a cash flow reporting by an additional splitting characteristic in the accrual ledger.The cash ledger is a complete. cash ledger and cash flow reporting.Public sector customers with a need to generate a cash-basis view of accounting . are integral parts of the new general ledger (G/L).13. Both features. balanced set of accounts required by and maintained for cash-basis accounting. cash ledger and cash flow reporting.Enables cash flow reporting by source accounts . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 261 Pain Points: No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI Business Benefits: Better decisions through enhanced analytics capabilities Target Group: Revenue agencies 11. the only accounts posted to in cash-basis accounting are cash and profit-and-loss accounts.1 Cash-basis accounting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . .Users can establish cash-basis accounting by means of a separate cash ledger.

Cash flow reporting in terms of this solution is based on an accrual ledger and does not require an additional (cash) ledger. the purpose for which cash was used. cash-basis accounting is the legally required view of the books .13. . Cash-basis accounting in the sense of this solution always needs a leading accrual ledger. and the cash balance on the reporting date. Pain Points: . the general ledger offered only an accrual view in accounting Business Benefits: .Requirements to report cash flows by source accounts and balancing entities Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 262 .The cash ledger ensures that expenses and revenues are realized only when cash is paid or received Target Group: Public sector customers who require or are interested in establishing cash-basis accounting 11. Cash flow reporting is based on an accrual ledger (reduced data volume) .Enables users to report cash flows by source account (such as expense. revenue.2.The cash ledger is an integral part of the new general ledger. Pain Points: .This solution fulfills the requirement for legal cash-basis accounting . . . and inventory) .Cash flow reporting is an integral part of the new general ledger.Cash flow reporting provides readers with information about the sources of cash raised during the period.Migration tools for a subsequent introduction of cash-basis accounting are available.Before the cash ledger.For certain public sector customers. It is a nonleading ledger in the new general ledger environment.2 Cash flow reporting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: .Implementation of an additional (cash) ledger is unnecessary.Reporting of the combination of cash clearing accounts and source accounts is also an option. . taxes.Cash flow reporting requirements are fulfilled .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 263 Target Group: Public sector customers who need cash flow reporting by source account. Fund Accounting (BF: PSM_FA_CI .2 Average daily balance-based allocations .3 PSM.EhP: 4) Description: Continuous improvements for fund accounting in the areas of: .13.13.3. accountants 11.13. Management Accounting.Financial operations Early Adopters: Public sector customers using or implementing fund accounting Headline: Improvements for Fund Accounting in Financial Reporting. and Financial Operations Business Benefits: Continued enhancements enabling customers to improve the use of fund accounting functionality 11. it was impossible for public sector customers to create balance sheets by functional area with the available standard new general ledger scenarios Business Benefits: Public sector customers using the new general ledger can create balance sheets by functional area Target Group: Public sector customers who need to create balance sheets by functional area 11.1 Functional area as balancing entity Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This feature offers an option to define the functional area as document splitting characteristics for general ledger accounting (-> balancing entity) Pain Points: Without this feature.Management accounting .Financial reporting .3.

grant. you typically make investments for different funds. Business Benefits: .Simplified creation of a daily balance ledger Target Group: Treasury in a public sector organization 11. but the investment is carried out as a whole for a pool fund. for example the interests and fees.3.13.Available in an environment where the new general ledger accounting with its document split functionality is active .This functionality allocates amounts from one account assignment (the pool assignment) to other account assignments (the individual assignments) based on average actual balance information from the general ledger.It is possible to define the pool of common investments from which the distribution of costs and earnings is posted. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 264 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . Several rules can be set up in parallel. to each fund that participates in the investment individually.You can distribute the revenues or expenses earned for a pooled cash investment back to the members of the pool .It is possible to define the balancing entity (fund. However.The distribution of the amounts earned or expensed of the pooled investment to the individual account assignment elements is based on the average daily balance of the elements in the pool . . .Based on a nonleading daily ledger Pain Points: In a centralized treasury. .A report will create the distribution postings according to the rules. you might want and need to assign the costs and the income of the investment. .3 Partial payment by balancing entity Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . and so on) on which the cost or interest allocation is done.

you can pay invoices that are financed by several expense lines partially per expense characteristic Pain Points: The amount paid is not spread over all the account assignments involved.13.Enables the end user to manage a partial payment and specify the exact general ledger entity for which the expense will be accounted .g.3.3. . but related only to the expense line for which the payment is carried out Business Benefits: . optional. FB50) as additional fields. They can be maintained as hidden. Pain Points: .5 FM update by depreciation run under modified accrual Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature .These entities are also included in the field status and can be set up there. or mandatory.Missing traceability of object and partner object information in FI line items Business Benefits: . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 265 With the new functionality of partial payment by general ledger entity (typically: partial payment per fund).4 Partner fund as entry field in FI transactions Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .Traceability of object and partner object information for the account assignments fund and grant in FI line items Target Group: Accountants 11.System control: the partial payment for one entity does not exceed the proportion of the underlying invoice Target Group: Accounts payable user 11.13.Partner fund and partner grant are included as entry fields (table control) in FI transactions (e.

This distinction is modeled via a second depreciation area for modified accrual accounting with 100% depreciation at the first run. They are reported in a separate account group.3. long-term assets are depreciated over their useful life.13. and the balance carry-forward posting from asset accounting per balancing unit.Under modified accrual.This feature supports the implementation of fund accounting for asset management when you implement the new general ledger accounting at the same time. with no depreciation reported. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 266 Description: .FI and funds management remain reconciled for both full and modified accrual Target Group: Public sector customers who are required to report on a full and modified accrual basis. with the assets and accumulated depreciation reported on the balance sheet. .Under full accrual accounting. long-term assets are shown as capital expenses when incurred.Reporting on a full and modified accrual basis for assets is now easily achievable . . Business Benefits: . Pain Points: Reporting on a full and modified accrual basis . asset accountants 11.Based on new general ledger migration Pain Points: Public sector customers implementing fund accounting are not provided with standard migration tools to adjust their existing asset data . which creates the opening balance for asset values per fund. .Funds management can be updated by asset depreciation so that FI and funds management remain reconciled for both full and modified accrual.Central steps are the asset mass transfer. .6 Asset migration for fund accounting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .This functionality allows users to distinguish between full accrual and modified accrual accounting in asset accounting. . whereby asset master records are supplemented with the information on the fund.

Improved performance Target Group: Fund accounting customers using the controlling component 11. Performance of individual CO planning transactions was affected due to the lack of individual control.3. and functional area.Standard migration tools concerning asset management for an implementation of fund accounting are provided Target Group: Accountants. grant. A drilldown according to those entities is offered within the reports. Having reports and variants that include these entities always implied manual effort (during demo. Pain Points: Prior to this new functionality.13. test. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 267 Business Benefits: . The new reports will contribute to reducing the total cost of ownership of the fund accounting scenario at the customer site and speed up its implementation 2. and functional area. grant. 2.The line item extractor for new general ledger accounting to extract documents from the leading ledger in new general ledger accounting for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting (0FI_GL_14) is now enhanced for the following public sector fields: . Business Benefits: 1. and implementation). In this BADI customer can implement check mode for FMDERIVE by specific planning business transaction.8 Extraction of new general ledger Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .13.7 Enhancements CO-FM integration Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: 1. and system administrators 11. Several new CO reports that allow selecting for fund.3. asset accountants. Call of FMDERIVE in CO planning transactions can now be controlled by a BADI. 2. there was no standard report that allowed users to select and to report by fund.

13.Financial management area (FIKRS) . the public sector fields were unavailable for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting Business Benefits: .Partner grant (PGRANT_NBR) . customers using the new general ledger could not use the reconciliation tool to reconcile data in the new general ledger with other existing data providers such as FM or CO.Simplified reporting Target Group: Accountants and system administrators 11.General ledger provider for planning data (technical name FGLP) Pain Points: In the past.Before this enhancement. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 268 .Grant (GRANT_NBR) .FM: partner budget period (PBUDGET_PD) Pain Points: .General ledger provider (technical name FLGL) .9 Enhancements of the FM reconciliation tool for new general ledger tables Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: New data providers have been provided for the reconciliation tool: .Fund (GEBER) .The public sector fields are now available for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting .FM: budget period (BUDGET_PD) .3.Partner fund (PGEBER) . Business Benefits: Further completes the existing reconciliation tool and its use across multiple data sources Target Group: Customers in the public sector using the new general ledger .

Master data .4 PSM. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 269 11.Postings .Updating . goods movement.13.Year-end closing .Postings .Updating . and Reporting in Funds Management Business Benefits: Continued enhancements enabling customers to improve the use of funds management functionality in the areas of: . Year-End Closing. Updating. purchase order. Postings.13.Master data . earmarked funds transactions. service entry sheet. . and LIV invoice transactions. MM contract with commitment plan.EhP: 4) Description: Continuous improvements for funds management in the areas of: .Reporting Early Adopters: Public sector customers using or implementing funds management Headline: Improvements in Master Data.1 Enhancements for master data Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: 1. purchase requisition.Year-end closing .Reporting 11. Display of funded program in various transactions: FI posting transactions.4. Funds Management 2 (BF: PSM_FM_CI_2 .

additional system checks are performed to ensure data integrity. the default values can transferred as fixed values for the entire request 5. Enhanced checking of allowed changes to funds management master data: when deleting or changing funds management master data. Withholding tax information is not shown in the overview screen of a requests document 3. On the initial screen of a request transaction..4. The document selection button in the request transactions does not give the ALV list of the document journal 2... Business Benefits: 1.Request journal for the request search is now available on all request transactions 2.13.Withholding tax lines are now displayed in document overview of posted requests 3. Pain Points: 1. Posting date can be defined as changeable for preliminary requests Pain Points: 1. Users cannot change the posting date in a preliminary request .The functional area field is available on all request screens 4. 2.2 Enhancements for requests Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: 1. Derived value for funded program was invisible in the past. Functional area cannot be entered on the main screen of requests 4. and the posted value could be verified only by reviewing the subsequent funds management document. Users can change the values from the entry screen in the request.System integrity for funds management master data is improved Target Group: Public sector customers using the funded program dimension 11. which can cause incorrect data in the request 5. Changes or deletion of funds management master data could lead to inconsistencies in actual tables. Better control over data entered 2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 270 2.

Same look and feel in all request transactions for document selection .3 Enhancements for dunning Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: 1. including the SWIFT code and the IBAN code. The development will enable a new interest calculation that will aggregate all calculated interests for a set of related documents.4.Better control of data entered Target Group: Public sector customers using the request transactions 11. With the new functionality for dunning interest calculation. The new functionality of Interest Totaling for Private-Law Dunning Procedure concerns the rules for calculation of the dunning interest to be applied by German public sector customers. 2.4. FM_INTCALC. A sample form.13. users can generate an Adobe form for the notice about penalty surcharges when using report RFFMINTCALC.13. 2. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 271 Business Benefits: . users can maintain bank data. System cannot handle changes of the interest rate within the period in which the open claim was overdue. Pain Points: 1 No support for Adobe forms for the notice about penalty surcharges in report RFFMINTCALC. if those administrations use private law dunning. is delivered for this purpose.Business Benefits: Increases flexibility and success in dunning procedures Target Group: All funds management customers who dun open claims 11. Pain Points: . during reimbursements.4 SWIFT code in payment transfer Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: With the new feature in the payment transfer transaction (FMITPO).

Target Group: Accounts payable users 11.13. New transactions to simplify recording of down payment and down payment request against earmarked funds. Now. 11.4.4. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 272 User has additional effort when reimbursing if the customer's bank is not contained in the bank master record. 2. and the follow-on document reduces consumption of the previous document (additive consumption logic).down payment integration Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Various improvements to the business process involving down payment and earmarked funds: 1. 3. Automatic reduction of down payment when invoice is received.6 SD BAPIs with FM entities Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . Simplified processes. Target Group: Public sector customers using the payment transfer transaction.13. Business Benefits: Reimbursing can be done in one end-user's working step in case that the customer's bank is not contained in the bank master record. documents where classified as relevant or not relevant based on which type of document total was higher (down payments or invoices).5 Earmarked funds . Alternate consumption logic for earmarked funds when multiple down payments and invoices are recorded. Pain Points: Manual processes that lead to user errors and additional work are now automated Business Benefits: Significant time savings when recording documents. documents are all combined. Previously.

13.7 Extension of MM tolerance checking Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Document tolerance checking is supported for budget that is controlled by funds management.4. Business Benefits: The creation or change of SD orders via BAPIs is now improved for handling funds management account assignments Target Group: Public sector customers using SD orders 11.8 Revaluation of open PO commitments Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both . Pain Points: Prevent budget consumption in the purchase order beyond the values intended originally Business Benefits: Better budget control with document tolerance support Target Group: Budget control managers 11. Pain Points: Before this enhancement of the BAPIs. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 273 This function offers the option to create or to change SD orders by calling BAPIs BAPI_SALESORDER_CREATEFROMDAT2 and BAPI_SALESORDER_CHANGE and explicitly indicating the budget key funds center. A document tolerance check allows you to define tolerances that describe how much a purchase order item is allowed to exceed the budget that has been assigned to the purchase requisition on which the item is based. the user is not allowed to save the purchase order. A new IMG activity is provided for this purpose. Instead. commitment item. If the defined tolerance is exceeded. the FM budget address was derived by CO objects. The implementations of the BAPIs contain the same checks for existence for funds management entities and the same derivation logic that is implemented in SD transaction VA01 itself. it was impossible to call the BAPIs and to indicate the funds management budget address directly in the BAPIs' interface. fund and grant in the interface.4.13.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 274 Description: The function has an online and a mass processing feature. The mass processing feature allows selection of more than one PO depending on different criteria like currency or account assignment. In the update run. in the settings for the payment transfer (OF29_EH4) allows users to control the update of cleared credit memos. and the effort needed to execute the needed revaluations is significantly reduced. have to revaluate their PO commitments several times a year with given exchange rates for different (foreign) currencies. The exchange rate for the selected currency can be entered manually or be derived by the system. regardless of the document currency. all POs will be changed and the commitments will be updated online. users could not distinguish between the cash-relevant and noncash-relevant FI clearings in funds management Business Benefits: . specially in the public sector. cleared credit memos are converted in the following manner for funds management: . Target Group: Purchasers (mainly the online function) and administrators (mass processing) Update of paid credit memos Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: A new indicator. With this approach. The online capabilities allow changing the exchange rate of a purchase order and immediately updating all open commitments of a PO correctly. This feature provides several enhancements in the online update.A reduction record with value type invoice (54) and the amount type reduction (0200) . A test run is available to compare the commitments before and after the revaluation. which allows handling of large amounts of POs automatically. Pain Points: Often customers. update credit memos. Business Benefits: The business benefit for the customer is always having the right amount committed in the home currency.A payment record with value type payment (57) and amount type paid credit memo (0270) Pain Points: Before the introduction of the new indicator. and being able to do mass updates on all relevant POs for one currency. budget execution is more precise. If you set this indicator. The main enhancement is mass processing.

Pain Points: The payment selection transfers payments to funds management. credit memos.4. Huge amounts of actual data (invoices. .Reduced runtime of the original payment selection (RFFMS200) function Target Group: Public sector customers who use the original payment selection (RFFMS200) function 11.Before the online payment update.10 Parallelization of original payment selection (RFFMS200) function Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Original payment selection (RFFMS200) function is now enabled for parallel processing. and FIPOS. payments were transferred via a batch job (payment selection/RFFMS200) to funds management.13.If online payment update is activated. Business Benefits: .Enables migration from the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions to the online payment update in funds management . Users can define the number of parallel processes and.11 Migration and enhancements for the online payment update Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: . Target Group: Accountants and budget officers 11.Delivery of standard settings to enable online payment update for unassigned payments Pain Points: . and down payments) can lead to long runtimes of the payment selection program. the system automatically defines the following fields as document-splitting characteristics: KNBELNR. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 275 If activated. if necessary. payments (cash-relevant) and other kinds of clearings will be distinguished in funds management updating. VOBELNR. the server.13.4. .

Up to now. available to update a table record in user-defined table for each line item or line subitem carried forward in the commitment carry-forward.Simplification.13. 5.If the payment selection has already been used. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 276 .4.Improved handling and traceability of the commitment carry-forward in funds management . 2. 4.Handling and recording of the commitment carry-forward in funds management .Simplified configuration of the online payment update Target Group: Public sector customers who require the payment view in funds management 11.Missing functionality.Reduced runtime of the commitment carry-forward if large amounts of data are processed . FM_CCF_APPLIC_CUST. and error prevention during funds transfers in requests .This feature offers tools to migrate from the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions to the online payment update in funds management . A new specific transaction for clearing requests (F891B) allows users to specify funds transfers in FI between a single sender and multiple receivers or vice versa. like master data checking and reassignment for the fiscal year change of open items posted in FI-CA Business Benefits: . data that has already been posted has not been migrated. Business Benefits: .Performance problems during the commitment carry-forward . Message FICUSTOM190 can be used to define (for each user) whether the commitment carry- forward can be reversed (FMJ3) to the previous fiscal year.12 Enhancements for year-end closing Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: 1. Cascaded parallel processing for commitment carry-forward.Incorrect data entries by end users during funds transfers in requests . checking.Existing customers already using the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions can move to the online payment update in funds management . Extended fiscal year change of open items posted in FI-CA Pain Points: . 3. it must continue to be used.Improved handling during the fiscal year change of open items posted in FI-CA . New business add-in (BAdI).

Support for version management in materials management (MM): The reassignment of purchase orders and purchase requisitions in funds management now supports version management in MM 2.14 Other enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: 1.Missing traceability of changes caused by reassignments in MM . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 277 Target Group: Budget offices and system administrators 11.4. Reassigning document chains: With this new function.13 Enhancements for reassignment Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: 1. It offers: .Interactive choice among derived target addressees Pain Points: .Faster reassignment of document chains to new posting address in funds management Target Group: Budget officers 11. and fund) in funds management.Reassignment of document chains in funds management Business Benefits: .Selection of document chains for reassignment with various selection criteria .Derivation strategy for deriving target posting addresses .Changes caused by reassignments are recorded in MM . users can select chains of commitment documents and reassign them to a new posting address (funds center.13. commitment item. Accessibility for archiving objects .13.Time-consuming reassignment processes .4.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 278 2.FM_BUDSUM .FM_DOC_FI .FM_ACTSUM . New function modules for FMDERIVE: funds management account assignment objects maintained on real estate objects can now be read when posting against real estate objects in financial transactions.15 Enhancements for real estate integration Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: 1.archiving FI line items in funds management .archiving former budget hierarchy documents in funds management .4.FM_DOC_OI .FM_BUDHIE .Archiving data can be broken down into smaller data slices (by fiscal year and period) .archiving commitment line items in funds management .Complicated management of disjunctive funds management number ranges in the central system Business Benefits: . .archiving former budget entry documents in funds management . Rule-based splitting tool introduced into real estate: contract can now be automatically split among multiple account assignments based on predefined rules.archiving former budget totals records in funds management . 11.archiving commitment/actual totals records in funds management . Public sector customers who are using ALE distribution. Unification of various archiving objects: selection by fiscal year and period for the following objects: .13.Lack of a unified approach across all funds management data tables .archiving CO line items in funds management . Enhancement in ALE distribution Pain Points: . 2.FM_DOC_CO .Disjunctive number ranges are no longer needed when updating actuals Target Group: Public sector customers wishing to archive funds management data.FM_FUNRES .archiving of earmarked funds 3.FM_BUDENT .

13.1 Transaction to manage debt rescheduling agreement Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . including maintenance of rescheduling agreements. calculation of amortization schedule. Solution to handle the rescheduling of debt.13. 2. Business Benefits: 1. and preparing correspondence for customers. Simplification of data entry with fewer user errors 2. Now. Less data maintenance Target Group: Data entry personnel in various applications 11. Previously. information is in one central location on the master data object and can be retrieved from there. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 279 Pain Points: 1.5 PSM.EhP: 4) Description: New reporting functionality to calculate installments for existing debt.S. Federal .Debt Management: Rescheduling (BF: PSM_USFED_DEBT_RESCHEDULE . Federal agencies that deal with a large number of receivables from private sector customers Headline: Automatically Calculate and Track Alternate Payment Terms for Customers with Outstanding Receivables Business Benefits: Streamlined handling of receivables 11. multifunding of the same rental condition for contracts could be achieved only by creating multiple contracts and dividing the total amount among the contracts.S. Early Adopters: U.5. Duplicate maintenance of funds management account assignments for real estate objects was required. U.

S. Pain Points: A previously manual process is replaced with automated functionality Business Benefits: Improves the debt management process and allows alternate methods of debt collection based on customer requirements Target Group: Debt management officer 11. Correspondence of rescheduling agreement to customer and report to display current status of receivable and rescheduling terms. U.Federal-specific roles and authorizations .S. including roles and authorizations.S.13. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 280 Allows selection of existing receivable and provides interactive mode to manage a rescheduling agreement. Federal agencies.13.EhP: 4) Description: General improvements to tools and applications used by U.S.S. budgetary ledger. and interest rates.1 Improvements to accountable property functionality Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: .6.Additional functionality for purchase order and purchase requisition .Expanded customizing for budgetary ledger areas 11.6 PSM. Federal customers who wish to improve use of the U. Early Adopters: U. intervals. Integration with treasury report on receivables. and year-end closing. Enhanced functionality is provided in materials management. Federal 2 (BF: PSM_USFED_CI_2 . Flexible calculation of installment terms. Federal Functionality Business Benefits: Continued enhancements enabling customer to improve the use of specific federal functionality: - Simplified year-end processing . Federal software Headline: Extend the Use of U.

asset master record and process steps triggered for the asset should already exist based on the information available in the purchase order. and invoicing process. This functionality is better aligned with standard asset creation for purchase orders. Integration of workflow possible. Target Group: Property manager 11.3 Change management for posted invoices Class/Level of Innovation: . When assets are received.Holding: document can still contain errors or missing data and can be held for future completion. Pain Points: PO could previously only be held. and invoicing process. Target Group: U. Business Benefits: FISIO-compliant.13. Processes subsequent to creation of asset master data can now be started earlier and are available for goods receipt. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 281 Allows creation of an asset master record based on purchase order data rather than goods receipt or invoice data Pain Points: Asset master data is created too late in the process. .2 Park and hold purchase requisition and purchase order Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . Business Benefits: Improved property management. now it can also be held.S. Now customers have a unified approach to the entire purchasing. Purchase requisition could previously only be parked. Federal agencies 11. but can still be completed in regard to FM account assignment. receipt.Parking: document is complete from an MM prospective. Customers now have a unified approach to the entire purchasing. now it can also be parked.6.13.6. receipt.

the system creates a reversal (transaction MR11) in the background and creates a new invoice with the changed data. Without this ability.5 Prevent purchase order changes when delivery has been made Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Added functionality to allow the system to check the final flags on requisitions (closed flag) and purchase orders (delivery complete and final invoice) and issue standard messages (warning or error) when follow-on processes are posted against documents for which the flags are set. Many customers need to define more sets of rules.6. multistep process is now replaced with a single transaction for the user Business Benefits: FISIO-compliant Target Group: Federal agencies User-defined year-end closing rules Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Allows users to define additional sets of rules to close out general ledger accounts Pain Points: Currently. Business Benefits: Faster and easier year-end closing Target Group: Users in accounting and budget offices involved in year-end closing 11. Pain Points: A previously cumbersome. they need to modify configuration frequently. . only two sets of rules can be defined. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 282 Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: It is now possible to change posted invoices.13. When the user tries to change a posted invoice.

Business Benefits: Provides the ability to prevent follow-on activity against closed documents Target Group: Public sector procurement. a PO with the final delivery or final invoice flag set could still have goods receipts or invoices posted against it.S.S. Federal users Target Group: U.6. The Federal government reports have been enhanced. receiving officers.S. If the final delivery flag was set.7 Budgetary ledger configuration: new source fields to derive additional BL areas Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . Federal users in accounts payable 11.13. enabling access control by payment office and ALC Pain Points: Authorization could previously not be controlled on these important Federal fields. Now we allow a goods receipt to be posted and still keep the final flag in place. Federal-specific fields: payment office and agency location code (ALC). the system used to remove the flag automatically if a goods receipt was posted.13. Other authorization objects had to be used. and AP clerks 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 283 We also extended the functionality that controlled how the flags were automatically set. Now all that can be controlled through standard messages. Pain Points: Previously. Business Benefits: Better control tailored to the needs of use of U.6 Roles and authorization for Federal-specific fields Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Enhanced authorization concept for U. Requisitions with a closed flag could still be referenced by a PO. Both authorizations are used to control access to FI documents.6.

13. the system must provide a method to exclude an item from internal offset against another payment. Generic interface for SAP CRM program replication. To support FSIO requirements. Pain Points: Limited control of automatic payment offsets Business Benefits: Increase control and flexibility of automatic payment offsets Target Group: U. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 284 Additional source fields in budgetary ledger (BL) configuration: general ledger account.6.7 PSM. asset transaction type. Federal AR and AP technicians and managers 11. the document is therefore excluded from the standard payment program (SAPF110).8 Credit memo offset exclusion Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: U.S. Enhanced Features for Grantor Management (AP/AR) (BF: PSM_GRANTOR_APAR_2 . business transaction.13. Early Adopters: Enhanced grantor integration with SAP ERP Headline: .EhP: 4) Description: Support of multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim. The credit memo offset exclusion establishes a payment block on the document. Federal agencies have two primary options to offset vendor delinquent debts: internal offset and external treasury offset. and budget process Pain Points: Master data setup more business-oriented and not driven by technical requirements of the BL Business Benefits: Flexible use of master data Target Group: Federal customers 11.S.

It also allows users to change the existing payment recipient. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 285 Additional Integration Flexibility Between Grantor in SAP CRM and Grantor Processes in SAP ERP Business Benefits: Support of additional business processes 11.2 Generic interface for SAP CRM program replication Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Provide a generic programming interface which allows users to map an SAP ERP account element than funded program to an SAP CRM program Pain Points: Customer may not use funded program or want to use another account element for mapping the SAP CRM program in SAP ERP Business Benefits: Flexibility to decide which account elements in SAP ERP should map to the program object in SAP CRM Target Group: Grantor program manager .13.7.13.1 Support of multiple payment recipient per agreement or claim Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Provide an ability to define more than one payment recipient in an agreement or claim.7. Pain Points: Limitation to one payment recipient that cannot be changed for each agreement or claim Business Benefits: Manage multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim Target Group: Grantor program manager 11.

8. Enhanced Features for Grantor Management (PSCD) (BF: PSCD_GRANTOR_2 .13.13. Pain Points: Limitation to one payment recipient that cannot be changed for each agreement or claim Business Benefits: Manage multiple payment recipients for an agreement or claim Target Group: Grantor program manager 11. It also allows users to change the existing payment recipient.Support of additional business processes 11.1 Support of multiple payment recipient per agreement or claim Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Provide an ability to define more than one payment recipient in an agreement or claim.13.EhP: 4) Description: Support of multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim.8 PSM. Early Adopters: Enhanced grantor integration with SAP ERP Headline: Additional Integration Flexibility Between Grantor in SAP CRM and Grantor Processes in SAP ERP Business Benefits: .2 Generic interface for SAP CRM program replication Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Provide a generic programming interface that allows users to map an SAP ERP account element other than funded program to an SAP CRM program . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 286 11. Generic interface for SAP CRM program replication.8.

Tax (BF: PSCD_TRM_&_PROPERTY_TAX . Gain an integrated overview of incoming and outgoing correspondence and interactions of a taxpayer within the tax officer work center to improve customer service.EhP: 4) Description: New functionality for form-based registration of taxpayers. Validate and process tax refunds.9. including property taxes Headline: Improve Compliance with Integrated Tax Processing Business Benefits: Easily define registration forms for the taxpayer registration process with tight integration into the tax officer work center and the business rule framework (BRF). processing of refunds.13. 11. correspondence management. Mmgt incl. state. and handling of property taxes Early Adopters: Tax authorities (federal. Prop. and local) dealing with all kinds of tax types.9 Tax&Rev. management of tax work items. Organize and efficiently monitor the workload of registration forms and tax returns.13.1 Manage tax work items Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Create work items for form processing Release new work items for form processing Change assignment of work items . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 287 Pain Points: Customer may not use funded program or want to use another account element for mapping the SAP CRM program in SAP ERP Business Benefits: Flexibility to decide which account elements in SAP ERP should map to the program object in SAP CRM Target Group: Grantor program manager 11.

3 Form-based registration .9. Target Group: Managers and supervisors of tax and revenue agencies 11.2 Process refunds Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Process refund request Distribute overpayment to carry forward and refund Reconcile advance turnover tax return with annual tax return Check statute of limitations Approve tax return or refund Internal offsets Pain Points: Paper-based validation of refunds Business Benefits: Refunds can be validated based on rules defined in the BRF (business rule framework) Target Group: Tax officer 11. Tax managers and supervisors can get an easy overview of the current workload and can determine the appropriate steps.9. tax units. and tax divisions based on rules.13. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 288 Change priority of work items Pain Points: Determine the right resource to handle tax returns or other tax forms Monitor the workload Business Benefits: The new features allow determination of tax officers.13.

9.13. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 289 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Define and process registration forms Set up rules for registration Upload registration forms Mass activity for validating tax forms Exception handling of registration in the tax officer cockpit Pain Points: Custom-built registration processes or other form processes difficult to maintain Business Benefits: Configurable form processing utilizing business rules for setting up master data and relationships and for determining registration fees Support of automated and manual processes in the tax officer cockpit Target Group: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Create or change parcel Create or change real estate folio Create billing document Pain Points: Missing capabilities to process property taxes together with other revenue types Business Benefits: The new features offer an integrated process for handling property taxes Target Group: Tax officer 11.4 Manage correspondence .

Early Adopters: U. Federal PPA and Payments (BF: PSM_USFED_PPAP_2 - EhP: 4) Description: Federal-specific fields on vendor master. Statistical sampling process.S. U. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 290 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Configure correspondence types Compose outbound correspondence Provide document management services Review interaction history Manage inbound correspondence Print correspondence Create customer contacts Pain Points: Silo-based registration processes High TCO due to custom-built tax processes Business Benefits: The new features allow tax agencies to flexibly set up new correspondence types for tax purposes Target Group: Tax officer 11.13.10 PSM. Automated clearing. Federal agencies that use prompt-pay functionality in SAP software Headline: Improved Handling of Payables Business Benefits: . Prompt-pay functionality expanded to real estate contract and subsequent invoice.S. Improvements to payment handling.

Customers can now use the interest indicator field as intended. Target Group: 1. The interest indicator field can now by used for its intended purpose. Federal customers 2. Now.S. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 291 Streamlined control of vendor invoices and subsequent payment process following the federal government's rules.13.13. Federal tab on the vendor master to identify if the vendor is subject to the PPA.10. Users of real estate component 11.1 Enhancements to prompt pay functionality (PPA) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: 1. Introduction of federal-specific fields to additional SAP software components and master data. 2. vendors were identified as being relevant to the prompt payment act by setting the interest indicator field to 99. Expands PPA functionality to the real estate application: the date entered on real estate contract will be transferred to accounting document and can be used in subsequent processes.2 Enhancements to IPAC Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . 11. this field was taken to support the PPA functionality. All U. Previously. Real estate component is now fully compliant with PPA requirements. 2. Previously. Business Benefits: 1.S. The interest indicator field was not available to Federal customers because it was needed to support the PPA. such as payment and treasury confirmation. A new program is available to migrate to the new functionality (FMFG_PPA_TO_VENDOR) 2. we have added a new field to the U. Pain Points: 1.10. Important information regarding federal processing and reporting was missing on documents integrated from the real estate component.

Business Benefits: Eliminates manual clearing processes prior to payment program and allows more accurate calculation of payment.10.13.10. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 292 Allows the clearing or posting of residual items for invoices and related items prior to running the payment program. Target Group: Payment officers 11.Updating of payment run log to show when invoices are blocked by the sampling process .True random sampling Pain Points: General usability improvements based on customer feedback Business Benefits: Additional usability to make the statistical sampling functions better fit agency requirements Target Group: Accounts payable clerk and manager 11.Time/date stamp of certification process stored on the database and available for reporting .4 Enhancements to reporting: new prompt payment tracking report Class/Level of Innovation: .3 Statistical sampling Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Improvements to the existing functionality include: .Blocked (payment block) invoices are included in batching and certification process .13. Pain Points: Issues with interest and penalty calculation in payment program when invoices and offsets to invoices (down payment transfer and credit memos) were paid together.

Budgetary availability control and year end processes are simplified. users are no longer required to record differing time spans as part of other budgetary accounting master data objects. The new entity allows recording the time of budget and its execution independently of fiscal year considerations. Headline: Record and Manage Budget and Consumption Values in Budgetary Accounting with a freely definable and independent time Business Benefits: The time span for which a budget has been approved for consumption no longer needs to coincide with a fiscal year. Early Adopters: Customers who need to record the time of appropriated budget and its execution independently of fiscal year or other master data information. The report can also be used to verify that goods and services paid for were actually received. which frees up their naming for the original. weekends. and several supplying modules in public sector accounting. the impact of treasury lag days. intended use.EhP: 4) Description: Introduces a new master data entity. For example. Also. Federal-specific payment details to AP clerks and managers Target Group: AP clerks and managers 11.11 PSM. Pain Points: The Prompt Payment Act has specific requirements that are not covered in standard financial reports. This report is designed to take the prompt factors into account to help AP clerks and managers track the status of open invoices.13.S. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 293 Functionality / New Capability Description: This report displays a listing of invoice documents that are warehoused and ready for payment. Warehoused documents can be reviewed to determine whether or not they meet contract terms and follow applicable Prompt Payment Act regulations. 11.11. Budget Period (BF: PSM_GEN_BUDPER_1 .13. and holidays on the payment due date. Business Benefits: Provides U. budget period.1 Budget period as separate master data entity in PSM .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 294

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
An additional PSM master data entity, budget period, is introduced in SAP ECC, extending the overall
PSM master data number to a maximum of six (plus grant). The new master data object is available in
the budget control system (BCS) and in many budget execution processes. It is recorded in budget
and commitment/actuals figures in funds management and can serve as a balancing entity in the
new general ledger.

Expiry and cancellation date functionality are moved from fund to budget period.

Pain Points:
Without budget period, a customer who requires multiple overlapping periods of appropriation of
budget needs to encode these periods into other available PSM master data entities like the fund.
That causes:

- Additional manual effort at each end of a validity period to recreate fund master data

- A budgetary closing process that requires more complex handling of master data

Business Benefits:
- Clear distinction of individual master data entities by purpose

- Reduced master data maintenance effort

- Reduced and simplified year-end closing activity

Target Group:
- Accountants

- Budget clerks

11.13.11.2 Enhanced budgeting and active availability control (BCS) using budget
period

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
With the introduction of budget period as a new master data entity in funds management, budgets
can now be distinguished by it. It is thus possible to have a budget for the same account assignment
from approval cycle 2008 and from 2009: both may be valid for multiple fiscal years.

Active availability control respects this separation of budgets, enabling checks for a single budget
period or across multiple budget periods.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 295

Pain Points:
Without a separate budget period field in budgeting, customers need to encode the timing aspects of
approved budget into other available master data, mainly the fund, to record and check separately
appropriated budgets.

Business Benefits:
- Compliance with legal requirements to support a budget period in budgeting

- Simplified handling of budget maintenance and budget-related closing activities

Target Group:
Budget clerks

11.13.11.3 Enhanced financial and budgetary accounting using budget period

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:
It enables a user to enter the appropriate budget period manually as an account assignment. The
complete account assignment is then updated in financial accounting (FI new GL) and budgetary
accounting (FM). As an alternative, the budget period may be derived via the same derivation
mechanism already supported for other funds management account assignments (FMDERIVE).

Pain Points:
Users need to encode budget period into another existing account assignment object, like fund.

Business Benefits:
- Separate input field is available for budget period

- Separate derivation and control of budget period independent of other FM account assignments is
possible

- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period, including balance sheet by budget period
(and fund)

Target Group:
All users entering account assignments

11.13.11.4 Enhancements in U.S. Federal functionality using budget period

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 296

Budget period is made available for U.S. Federal-specific processes. That includes U.S. Federal-
specific ledgers 95, 96 and 97; budgetary ledger postings; and Federal-specific reports.

The application of fund (AOF) is now also available on the budget period master record and takes
precedence over the AOF on the fund master.

Pain Points:
Compliance with legal requirement (FISIO)

Embedding budget fiscal year into the fund code

Business Benefits:
- Separate input field is available for budget period

- Separate derivation and control of budget period independent of other FM account assignments is
possible

- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period, including balance sheet by budget period
(and fund)

- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period

Target Group:
All users entering account assignments

11.13.12 TM, Integration into Funds Management (BF:
FIN_TRM_PSM_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)

Description:
Treasury breaks down transactions and positions to funds (and grants). The transaction manager
offers an option to assign one or more funds or grants to a transaction.

Functionality for long-term investment pools (unitized or endowment pools) and buying and selling
shares is now available.

Early Adopters:
Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their short- and long-term investments and
borrowing by fund and grant.

Customers in the public sector who need to manage their endowments' investments in endowment
pools within treasury and risk management.

Headline:
Achieve seamless integration between treasury management and funds management

Business Benefits:
Easily break down your financial transactions and positions to single funds (and grants)

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 297

Manage your long-term investment pools (unitized or endowment pools)

Get a holistic view of your investments by funds (and grants)

11.13.12.1 Public sector account assignment elements in the transaction
manager

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
- Specify a fund and grant at the trade level in the transaction manager to ensure integration with
funds management - The corresponding FI postings bear the fund and grant information so that
funds management is updated appropriately

- In the transaction manager, the system distinguishes positions by funds and grants - For some
product types, you can assign several funds to a single deal. The system will then take care of
attributing condition based flows like interest or repayments accordingly.

Pain Points:
- Financial transactions can't be assigned to several funds - Cumbersome creation of balance sheet at
the fund level when financial investments affect more than one fund - Error-prone distribution of
interest postings resulting from financial investments to single funds

Business Benefits:
- Easily break down financial transactions and positions to single funds and grants - Financial
investments are reflected properly in the balance sheet at the fund level - Condition-based flows are
distributed automatically to the participating funds

Target Group:
Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their investments by fund and grant

11.13.12.2 Fund and grant transfer

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
The transaction manager allows a fund transfer. That means that the user can change the
distribution among participating funds without changing the external cash flow.

Pain Points:
No opportunity to reduce the participation of a fund and increase the participation of another fund
during a trade's term

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 298

Business Benefits:
Easy way of changing the participation amounts of funds during a trade's term

Target Group:
Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their investments by fund and grant

11.13.12.3 Investment pool

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
Customers set up investment pools to enable the participating single funds to recognize a greater
return on their pooled investment than they could on their individual investments. - If a fund wants
to invest in an investment pool, it buys pool certificates for a given unit price.

Pain Points:
- Limited options to work with pooled investments - no opportunity to get an overview of the
number of certificates or units a single fund holds in an investment pool

Business Benefits:
- Easy way of handling investment pools - System support for buying and selling pool certificates

Target Group:
Customers in the public sector who need to manage their investments in investment pools

11.13.13 FI-FM Localization Topics for the Spanish Public Sector (BF:
FIN_LOC_CI_5 - EhP: 4)

Description:
FI-FM localization enhancements for Spain (SAP Public Sector for Spain)

New functionalities:

- Payment release list (PRL)

- Budgetary extension (copy budget documents)

- Combined acceptance request posting and clearing (CARPC)

- Recovery

- AA-FM G/L account derivation check

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 299

- MIP/MIE scenario

Early Adopters:
All Spanish public sector organizations: national, regional, and local governments

Headline:
Eliminate Legal and Functional Gaps for Spain That Were Present After the Retrofit Project

Business Benefits:
- Elimination of legal and functional gaps for Spanish public sector that were still present in the
standard product after the retrofit project

- Several new developments have been done and several standard SAP ERP functionalities have been
adapted to meet local requirements

- Downport from SAP ERP 2005

11.13.13.1 Payment release list (PRL)

Class/Level of Innovation:
Functionality / New Capability

Description:
The functionality is based on the Payment Release List. The new functionality includes new actions
and the FM fields required for Spain. For each item the FM fields will be filled with the information of
the GL line, if the item has more than one GL line, the information of the GL will not be filled and a
warning will be created in the warning tab. For each assigned item the field level will be filled with
the field customized in the table for the levels

Pain Points:
The new tool covers the two major issues in the standard payment program F110:

a) Blocking Vendor account once one vendor item is in a payment proposal

b) Approval and modification mechanism of items contained in payment proposals when the
proposal is old

Business Benefits:
The new tool allows the organization of payments in a new way that is much more flexible than the
current payment proposal and than offers various kinds of interactions from the end-user with
selected open items for payments. There can be unassigned lists and lists assigned to groups of users

Target Group:
Public Sector

11.13.13.2 Budgetary extension (copy budget documents)

. This document is used in a specific case.13. Business Benefits: This new report shall copy budget values by generating new budget documents in the new version that contain references to budget documents in the old version.3 Combined acceptance request posting and clearing (CARPC) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: A new document type is created. For this reason. so it was hard for the users to identify the documents involved and was not possible to create the compensation documents in the same LUW. a gap exists in the functionality available for copying data from different budget versions in the same fiscal year.13. when a customer makes a payment. Target Group: All users that create requests. Pain Points: A similar process didn't exist. This new tool shall store the process information (for example. a new tool shall be developed to copy budget documents and provide a flexible function for selecting documents. The new report shall copy the entire budget document. A copy shall be created by version and in the same fiscal year. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 300 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: This funcionality copy BCS entry documents between different versions and within the same fiscal year Pain Points: In existing business scenarios. supplement (SUPL) and transfer (TRAN)). The new document will improve the business performance and will free the users for other tasks. This new document will clear the initial bank account post and at the same time (in the same LUW) will also clear the customer account. Target Group: Public Sector 11. Business Benefits: A faster an "cleaner" process is now available. but no invoice was issued to him. since without this process a long and harsh search was needed.

13. Business Benefits: This will improve the business performance. Pain Points: This will allow them to check the differences between AA and FM GL Account customizing without them to have the need to run trough SPRO and check manually the customizing.5 AA-FM G/L account derivation check Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Creates a double check on the GL account derivation when a request is being created. Target Group: Public Sector 11. This check will allow the user to know if the FM and the AA GL Accounts are the same.13. a new GL account is derived. If in the same document an asset is assigned. Automatic steps allow to simplify the recovery postings that otherwise would have to be done in a manual sequence of steps.13.13. These documents can be linked to the original invoice. a document would be assigned to a wrong GL account. that is not checked in any other place. Business Benefits: The main benefits are support for country specific legal requirements and reuse of existing tool. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 301 11. since this way all the documents created will be in the right GL account. and if they are not an error or warning is issued. Pain Points: This feature allows customers to create a new type of funds management deduction payment requests targeted to support recovery process.4 Recovery Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: This functionality allows the creation of special funds management deduction payment requests called recovery documents. may refer to a vendor that differs from the invoices and be customized to post the incoming payment (the returned amount) automatically as a negative posting in one work process. Target Group: . When a request is created if the user assigns a Commitment Item a GL account is derived. allowing them to comply with legal requirements by means of an existing enhanced tool. Without this check there was a chance that with a wrong customizing.

6 MIP/MIE scenario Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: In some cases when withholding tax (WT) is withheld by a government entity. that there is a link between the original document. This means the required documents and processes are available in the standard system. the process is referred to as the MIP scenario.13. This needs to be reflected in financial and budget accounting. If such a transfer of WT to a revenue account is to be carried out. This functionality will create the above mentioned additional postings automatically. Otherwise. Position Budgeting and Control: Extended Posting Logic (BF: Logic (BF: PSM_PBC_XPL .13. Pain Points: Currently at the customers the additional postings are created manually in the form of an acceptance request and a subsequent clearing posting. so that the user can find related documents. if additional postings are not required. as the government itself is the final recipient of the WT amount. and the additional documents which include the follow postings. not in a specific and automate funcionality Business Benefits: This new tool should automate the posting of these additional items to save manual work. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 302 Public Sector 11. it also reflects a revenue. the process is called MIE scenario. Also it has to be assured. Target Group: Government department / authorities PSM.EhP: 4) Description: -PBC and payroll use an identical derivation date for account assignments -PBC and payroll use an identical posting date for document creation Early Adopters: Austrian government Headline: Synchronization of PBC and Payroll Postings .

account assignment distribution.EhP: 4) Description: Provides enhanced SAP ERP integration for Procurement for Public Sector (PPS). Early Adopters: Customers who need to maintain financial integration across a large volume of high-value procurement Headline: Enhanced SAP ERP Integration for Procurement for Public Sector (PPS) and SAP Supplier Relationship Management (SAP SRM) . including incremental funding. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 303 Business Benefits: -PBC and payroll use an identical derivation date for account assignments -PBC and payroll use an identical posting date for document creation 11.15 PSM. Additional Functions in SAP SRM and PPS (BF: PSM_PPS_INTEGRATION .1 Synchronization of PBC posting logic with payroll Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: Uses identical date and payroll area to create PBC and payroll documents: -PBC and payroll use the identical derivation date for account assignments -PBC and payroll use the identical posting date -Closing of account assignments will be possible (the required implementation will be shipped from HR in a support package) Pain Points: -PBC documents are created with the same date as in payroll posting Business Benefits: -The budget from PBC documents and payroll documents is consumed at the same date.13.14. integration of smart numbering with SAP ERP. and earmarked funds on procurement documents. which simplifies reporting Target Group: -PBC customers 11.13.

15.2 Integration of Smart Numbering with SAP ERP Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Allows customers to locate procurement documents using customer-based numbering schema in addition to document numbers in SAP software.15. Business Benefits: Users can create incrementally funded purchase orders in the procurement system. Target Group: Public sector users who receive funding for large purchase orders incrementally in accordance with the legislative appropriations process.13. Pain Points: Incrementally funded purchase orders cannot be created or managed in the automated procurement system. as well as identify SAP ERP transactions by customer-defined smart numbers rather than just by SAP numbers. 11. and additional funds can be added as they become available. Funding status of incrementally funded purchase orders is invisible to the user. Users can track the amount of funding applied to an order. Orders can be funded for less than the total value of the order.1 Incremental Funding Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: This functionality provides SAP ERP integration for incremental funding of business objects in Procurement for Public Sector (PPS). Pain Points: Public sector agencies that have agency-specified number schemes for procurement documents cannot display the numbers on SAP procurement documents. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 304 Business Benefits: Customers can incrementally fund large projects by adding additional funds over time. Only document numbers generated from SAP software appear on procurement documents. Additionally. .13. 11. customers will gain flexibility to split the cost of procurement across multiple account assignments.

Target Group: Public sector agencies that must use an agency-specified numbering scheme for procurement documents.15.13. Customers can search.3 Account Assignment Distribution Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Allows assignment of multiple account assignments to a PR based on either amount or percentage. and report on documents using either the agency-specified smart number or the SAP document number. 11. Target Group: Customers who routinely make purchases of which portions are charged to different account assignments. Business Benefits: Customers can assign multiple account assignments to purchase requisitions or purchase orders based on either a percentage of the total or by specific amounts charged to each account assignment. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 305 Business Benefits: Procurement documents will now contain both the customer agency-specified document number and the SAP document number.13. 11.15. . Pain Points: Customers cannot assign multiple account assignments for a single purchase requisition or purchase order by amount.4 Integration of Earmarked Funds with SAP ERP Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: You can use earmarked funds on purchase requisitions (PRs) created in SAP ERP that are replicated to SAP Supplier Relationship Management (SAP SRM). locate. Pain Points: This feature will enable public sector customers to earmark funds for specific projects and track the status of those projects as the purchase requisition moves through the procurement process in SAP SRM.

Relate seizures to existing business data from budget execution. Early Adopters: Public services customers who are legally required to verify outgoing payments for the existence of seizures Headline: Legal Compliance and Control of Outgoing Vendor Payments through Execution of a Payment Release Process Specific to the Public Sector Business Benefits: Enable a systematic and documented seizure process.16 PSM. 11. cite the earmarked funds on the PR. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 306 Business Benefits: Customers can earmark funds for specific projects.13.Overview of seizure history . 11. matching them against outgoing FI-AP vendor payments.13.Closure .1 Seizures register Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The seizures register provides a central place where the entire life cycle of seizures (except their application to payment of liabilities) can be reflected: .Creation . Ensure that each outgoing payment can be checked for applicability of seizures.16. Target Group: Public sector customers who have numerous projects and desire to earmark funds for those projects.Change or adaption due to court decision . It consists of recording seizures.Management of internal notes attached to seizures . and manual application by the user. and track the progress of the PR as it moves through the procurement process in SAP SRM. Seizure of Non-Payroll Liabilities (BF: PSM_ACC_SEIZURE - EhP: 4) Description: Provides execution of a legally required process of seizing payments to vendors.

16.A seizure-specific detection process that checks if a court order for seizure is recorded in the seizures register for a payment to be made .13. Multi-Level Budget Structure (BF: PSM_FM_BCS_MBS - EhP: 4) .2 Payment release list (PRL) with seizure detection and application Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Liability items to be paid via the standard accounts payable payment process in SAP software are processed via the payment release list (PRL).A seizures register is available .The register can be used in a centralized or distributed manner Target Group: .13.Accounts payable clerks 11. The PRL includes: .An assignment process by which a user assigns a detected seizure to a payment so that the payment is made to the opponent as specified in the seizure .Status management for all payable items that allows users to exercise detailed control Pain Points: .Accountants .Support for the management of the seizure life cycle Business Benefits: .Compliance with legal obligation to control seizures during the payment process Business Benefits: .Seamless integration of the seizures verification and application process into the overall business process landscape .Smart detection algorithm Target Group: Accounts payable clerks 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 307 Pain Points: .Need for an integrated register of seizures .17 PSM.

Public sector customers using or implementing the budget control system in funds management .2 Maintenance of a multi-level budget structure Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Processing the multi-level budget structure by: .17. Business Benefits: With the multi-level budget structure customers can budget along the defined hierarchy.13.13. Early Adopters: .Budget structure is in a hierarchy format . 11. Pain Points: Customers with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting can now to define the budget structure as a hierarchy instead of a flat budget structure. new budget processes for top-down budget distribution are available.Public sector customers with a demand for strict top-down budget distribution along a predefined and rather static hierarchy of budget addresses Headline: Budget Structure in Hierarchy Format Instead of a Flat Budget Structure in the Budget Control System Business Benefits: . Target Group: Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 308 Description: Enables use of a budget structure in hierarchy format instead of a flat budget structure in the budget control system (BCS). With the multi-level budget structure.1 Creation of a multi-level budget structure Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Generates the multi-level budget structure for a specific hierarchy ID.17.Supports top-down and bottom-up budget distribution in the budgeting workbench 11.

Target Group: Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting. Target Group: Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.Inserting new nodes . Business Benefits: Changes can be adapted to the multi-level budget structure.Deleting existing nodes . the budget is entered on a lower account assignment.17. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 309 .17. The system supports changes to the multi-level budget structure. Now the multi-level budget structure can be used to limit the possible FM account assignments for entering and distributing budget.3 Budget entry and distribution in a multi-level budget structure Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: With a multi-level budget structure. 11. and the system can automatically create the budget on superior account assignments in the multi-level budget structure.Moving nodes within the multi-level budget structure Pain Points: With organizational changes it can become necessary to adapt the changes to the multi-level budget structure. 11. For bottom-up budget distribution. the FM account assignments for entering budget can be defined. Business Benefits: The multi-level budget structure can be used to enter budget and distribute budget along the hierarchy. For top- down budget distribution. Pain Points: During budget planning.13.4 Maintenance of budget addresses in a multi-level budget structure . the budget is distributed along the hierarchy path from the upper account assignment to the lower account assignments.13. the budget has to entered on FM account assignments. The multi-level budget structure supports top-down and bottom-up budget distribution.

Target Group: Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.17. Budget Control System (BF: PSM_FM_BCS_CI_1 .Creating budget addresses .Deleting posting addresses Pain Points: Definition of FM account assignments to be used as posting addresses. PSM. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 310 Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Maintain the budget addresses in a multi-level budget structure by: .13. Target Group: Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting. 11.5 Maintenance of posting addresses in a multi-level budget structure Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Maintain the posting addresses in a multi-level budget structure by: .EhP: 4) EhP: 4) Description: .Deleting budget addresses Pain Points: Definition of FM account assignments to be used as budget addresses Business Benefits: Definition of budget addresses in the multi-level budget structure in a mass run.Creating posting addresses . Business Benefits: Definition of posting addresses in the multi-level budget structure in a mass run.

Enhanced RIB document creation .AVC reconstruction Early Adopters: Public Sector customers using or implementing the budget control system (BCS) in funds management Headline: Improvements in the Budget Control System in Funds Management Business Benefits: Continued enhancements enabling customer to improve the use of BCS functionality 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 311 Continuous improvements for the budget control system in the areas of: .1 Revenues increasing the budget (RIB) Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: .Mass generation of RIB rules .Residual budget: approval process for carry-over .Creation of RIB rule-change documents .Support of new RIB procedure: call procedure .New delta queue for uploading RIB ledger data into SAP NetWeaver BI .Mass copying of RIB rules .Mass deletion of RIB rules .Budgeting workbench: combined commitment and payment budget-handling .Supports manual and mass maintenance for RIB rules based on revenue cover group .Revenues increasing the budget (RIB) .Enhanced RIB monitor for overview of RIB values .Supports new attribute in RIB rule manual and mass maintenance transactions to enable RIB rule definition for call procedure .18.Calculation of RIB amount for RIB rules-based revenue cover groups .13.Manual maintenance of single RIB rule .

revenue cover groups can be used to aggregate revenues for use with the RIB process Target Group: Budget officers 11. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 312 Pain Points: Missing functionalities when working with revenues increasing the budget Business Benefits: Revenues increasing the budget offers more functionalities to the user Target Group: Budget officers 11.18.Mass generation of cover-eligibility rules: generate cover groups for multiple ledgers at the same time Pain Points: RIB objects have to be used to aggregate revenues for use with the RIB process Business Benefits: Instead of RIB objects.Support of revenue cover-group category in manual maintenance and mass transaction of cover groups .RIB rule (with call procedure) can be in the manual maintenance of cover groups assigned to automatic cover groups .3 Combined handling of budget categories in the budgeting workbench Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both .Mass generation of cover-eligibility rules: create manual cover groups and revenue cover groups in addition to automatic cover groups .13.13.18.2 Cover eligibility (CE) in budgeting Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / both Description: There are several enhancements and new developments in the area of cover eligibility: .

Status is returned to external solution.EhP: 4) Description: Interface to SAP PSCD for external social case management solutions. Customers have to post an entry document for each budget category. Business Benefits: Budget officers can enter several budget categories at the same time in one entry document in the budgeting workbench Target Group: Budget officers 11.19.13. Early Adopters: Health and human services. Payment and liability items can be transferred into SAP PSCD to be posted and processed. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 313 Description: In the budgeting workbench.1 Inbound interface to SAP PSCD for master data creation and update Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature . social services organizations in the public sector Social agencies using a social case management solution (C ram) in combination with an SAP solution for financials and payments (SAP PSCD) Headline: Financial Integration with SAP PSCD for a Social Case Management Solution Business Benefits: Less implementation effort and lower TCO with preconfigured integration of C ram social case management with SAP PSCD for payment processing 11.13. several budget categories can be entered at the same time in one entry document Pain Points: The budgeting workbench does not support several budget categories. Interface was defined together with SAP partner for social case management.19 Social Services (PSCD) (BF: PSCD_SOCIAL .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 314 Description: Creation and update of business partner. address(es). and contract objects based on messages received from external social case management system Pain Points: Master data integration between social case management system and SAP PSCD as a central payment system Business Benefits: Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case management systems Target Group: System 11. contract accounts. bank details.2 Inbound interface to SAP PSCD for payments and liabilities Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Creation and reversal of SAP PSCD posting documents based on messages received from external social case management systems Pain Points: Integration for financial transactions between social case management system and SAP PSCD as a central payment system Business Benefits: Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case management systems Target Group: System Outbound SAP PSCD document status message Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: Capture and communicate the SAP PSCD-internal processing status of financial items that were received from external social case management systems .19.13.

and vendor subrange as new grouping criteria . new splitting criteria for the follow-on documents generated out of the allocation table.HPR assortment list: new buffering logic for the processing of site-specific sales data . for example Business Benefits: Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case management systems Target Group: System 11. global data synchronization.1 Retail.14.1. Continuous Improvements EA (BF: ISR_RETAIL_CI .EhP: 4) Description: Enhancements in allocation. assortment list. Retail-specific POWER lists increase usability.1 Retail-specific POWER list: prices and conditions Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / New Capability . and Global Data Synchronization. Assortment List.and site-specific data storage while creating the purchase orders out of allocation processes.Article discontinuation enhancements: enhanced processing of replenishment data and BOMs .14.14 SAP for Retail 11. Early Adopters: Customers using the SAP Merchandising and Assortment Planning application Headline: Improved Allocation. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 315 Pain Points: Processing status for financial items required by external social case management systems for internal processes: reassessments. Retail-Specific POWER Lists Business Benefits: .Retail-specific POWER lists increase usability 11. Article Discontinuation.Global data synchronization enhancement: reduced effort needed for master data maintenance by creating consignment info records directly via GDS . and article discontinuation.Allocation enhancements: usage of vendor subrange.

1. as well as condition supplements. change existing article and the related info records. The POWER list can be used via SAP NetWeaver Portal or via SAP NetWeaver Business Client.14. Pain Points: Missing overview transaction to get and create or change conditions and prices Business Benefits: The price planner has now the option to use one transaction as a starting point for major business processes like getting all information about purchase and sales conditions that are assigned to access sequences. The POWER list can be used via SAP NetWeaver Portal or via SAP NetWeaver Business Client.1. create.3 Allocation enhancements Class/Level of Innovation: . change or create new one. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 316 Description: With this POWER list.2 Retail-specific POWER list: article Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / New Capability Description: The article POWER list helps article data managers fulfill their main daily tasks. Pain Points: Missing overview transaction to get. and change article and related info records Business Benefits: The POWER list provides an entry point for all relevant tasks of a master data manager: to get all- inclusive information about existing articles. you are empowered to get a user-friendly overview of every purchase or sales condition record to maintain. and to create a new article Target Group: Master Data Manager 11. and creating new conditions Target Group: Price planner 11. changing existing conditions.14. It should be the point of entry for all activities.

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 317 Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: The new functionality comprises: . Business Benefits: . The information on the different data maintenance levels should be determined and used in the processes of purchase order creation. as there may be some different agreements with the vendor. site. and purchase order generation process 11.Use of vendor subrange.4 Global data synchronization . Pain Points: Buyers require the maintenance of vendor master data on the level of product groups supplied by the vendor (vendor subrange) and on the level of the sites. The split of the purchase orders generated out of the allocation table is also required for vendor subranges.import of consignment articles Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: Enhancement of the existing price catalog maintenance transactions concerning the storage of purchase data in the purchase view of the article master to support vendor consignment and the storage of the consignment prices =>Option to maintain consignment prices that can be taken over for the article . and vendor subrange and site as levels of data retention in vendor master data for the generation of the vendor purchase order out of the allocation table (as follow-on processing). .Enablement of the split of the follow-on documents generated out of the allocation in respect to the vendor subrange. .Provision of the option to split according to the vendor subrange in the process of purchase order generation out of the allocation table. .Enablement of use of the vendor subrange-specific data storages in the article and vendor master while creating the purchase orders out of allocation processes.1.Availability of vendor subrange as grouping criterion within the overall process of seasonal procurement. Target Group: The buyer involved with or responsible for the vendor-related master data.14. which are supplied by the vendor. allocation.

Replenishment data (tables WRPL and WRPT) will be deleted if article site-specific discontinuation is done .1. After a site-specific discontinuation. the user has to select the related prepacks manually in advance. the user has to maintain the consignment purchasing info records for the articles manually in the transaction of creation of purchasing info record Business Benefits: Reduced manual maintenance effort for the creation of consignment articles via retail GDS Target Group: User responsible for master data maintenance 11. -For discontinuation of a generic article. Business Benefits: .Less manual maintenance effort for the user .replenishment data and BOMs Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: . the replenishment data for the site remains in the system and leads to problems if adding the given article to the site again.Automation level by offline processing with active follow-up processing Target Group: Users responsible for article discontinuation .During the discontinuation of a generic article with dependent prepacks.BOMs can be deleted within the discontinuation process based on a new follow-up function .14. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 318 =>Automatic creation of consignment purchasing info records plus related consignment prices Pain Points: For consignment articles created via retail global data synchronization (GDS).5 Article discontinuation . the user can decide whether the prepacks will be added automatically to the discontinuation work list Pain Points: -Replenishment data can be deleted only if the entire article is discontinued. -The user has to delete the BOMs of structured articles within the article maintenance dialog before starting the discontinuation process.

14. three main business processes are supported: 1) Get all-inclusive information about existing promotions and to create promotions as well as higher-level promotions 2) Change or delete existing promotions and the related info records and conditions 3) Carry out subsequent processing for promotions Target Group: Promotion planner 11.1. creating allocations.14.1. The list can be used via SAP NetWeaver Portal or via SAP NetWeaver Business Client." Therefore. It should be the point of entry for all activities. Business Benefits: The promotional role is implemented as a business process "to get all-inclusive information about existing promotions.6 Retail-specific POWER list: promotion Class/Level of Innovation: Simplification / New Capability Description: The promotion POWER list helps promotion planners fulfill their major daily tasks. and so on). SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 319 11. There is no option to get an overview of the current and planned promotions or to check and trigger follow-on processes (activation of promotion-specific pricing conditions. announcement to the stores. change version. and the manual request of the high-performance (HPR) assortment list in case of a huge number of distribution chain-specific and site-specific sales data . Pain Points: The promotion manager has to fulfill a lot of different tasks using different transactions.7 HPR assortment list: buffering logic for processing site-specific sales data Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature Description: New customizing switch to activate and deactivate new logic to be able to control the buffering logic for the processing of site-specific sales data will be provided Pain Points: Program terminations or very long runtimes affecting the full version.

and the distribution.1 Management of the perishables assortment and further responsibilities Class/Level of Innovation: . and the manual request of the HPR assortment list have a shorter runtime at customers with a huge number of distribution chain-specific and site-specific sales data Target Group: System administrator responsible for master data exchange 11. the quantity to order. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 320 Business Benefits: The full version. and delivery date 11.2. price. the prices. vendor.2 Retail. They also have a significant amount of perishable items (as a grocer) in their regular assortment. Perishables Procurement (BF: ISR_RET_PERISH_PROCUREMENT . Early Adopters: Retailers and wholesalers who deal with perishables at the corporate level. the dates.14.14. They are responsible for decisions about the perishables assortment. Headline: Improve Perishables Procurement Overall with All Needed Features Business Benefits: Provision of relevant information in the process of perishables procurement High degree of flexibility by providing different possibilities of doing the daily work from a central work center Single point of entry for end users via the work center Optimal support for the decisions on perishables procurement by providing statistical data on demand Reduction of effort for the daily work of a perishable buyer by preparameterization Multiple usage scenarios covered in the work center Provision of monitoring capabilities Use-friendly interface for supporting the decision about quantity. the suppliers. change version.EhP: 4) Description: Comprehensive workplace to facilitate the daily work of a perishables buyer focusing on more manual procurement processes.

a deputy concept is available as well.14.2. the buyer (or the manager) manages the assignment of the organizational data such as products. In case of a temporary replacement of a buyer. vendors. The result of this assignment is reflected in the area of responsibility that can be reviewed and printed. recipients. With the definition of the product range (the assortment). A planned product range can be maintained in advance. supplying plants. Pain Points: -Lag of organizational assignment of buyers to their areas of responsibility -Unconsolidated definition of the product range the buyer is responsible for -Missing role definition of a buyer and manager -Lag of flexibility in the maintenance of the responsibilities of a buyer -Data overload because of missing personalization Business Benefits: -The definition of the area of responsibility and the product range enables the perishables buyer to focus on the assigned data (master data and organizational data) -The personalization of the setup reduces the data the perishables buyer is working with to the required scope along the process of perishables procurement -Efficiency is improved along the process of perishables procurement -A deputy concept is considered in case of a short-term replacement of a buyer Target Group: Perishables buyer in retail and wholesale companies doing the procurement of perishables centrally 11.2 Management of perishables procurement and distribution Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: The procurement and distribution of perishables is managed in the procurement list and the distribution list. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 321 Functionality / New Capability Description: With the area of responsibility. the products are specified that are supposed to be managed (ordered and distributed) for and during the next season and cycle. and further organizational data. .

SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 322 The procurement list enables the buyer to make the qualified decisions in terms of quantity. For these decisions. and open orders.3 Work center for perishables procurement Class/Level of Innovation: Functionality / New Capability Description: . stocks.14. The results of the procurement list are purchase orders. The distribution of the perishables is managed out of the distribution list. vendor. source of supply. delivery date. The distribution list enables the buyer to allocate the quantities to recipients (stores and customers). and distribution -Option to initiate procurement from distribution list -Availability of distribution strategies -Less frequently used information and functionality are compressed to reduce screen complexity and visual noise Target Group: Perishables buyer in retail and wholesale companies doing the procurement of perishables centrally 11. The distribution can be based on distribution strategies. price. Pain Points: Missing planning capabilities on the product and vendor level within the same user interface Lag of flexibility in the process of perishables procurement Missing information for supporting the decisions about the quantity to order Insufficient usability of the process of perishables ordering Lag of transparency in the process of assignment the merchandise to the recipients Missing distribution strategies in the process of assigning merchandise to recipients Business Benefits: -High flexibility by providing different approaches: procure by vendor and by product -Optimal support through statistical data on demand -Seamless integration with related areas -Supporting the decision about quantity. The buyer can manage the procurement by product and by vendor. the distribution list provides the relevant information about demands.2. and prices. delivery date.

This is an important requirement which needs to be adressed to deliver IUID enabled processes. The supported functions are : Create Equipment master records including UII assignment. To identify an item the UII si assigned to the item. Pain Points: These interfaces can be integrated into the logistical processes and so they can be used to provide a consistent update of the central IUID database out of the process flow. These Services to maintain equipment master records already exist and are enhanced to be able to support IUID.14.2. 11. Target Group: First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. Change UII assignment of Equipment Master records. Defense organizations who have the need to support IUID. Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: UIIs are used to identify serialized items. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 323 This part of the provided service bundle enables to communicate to a central database which holds the data of IUID managed items. Therefore service interfaces are provided which support to Create UII entries. Target Group: First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. To Confirm UII entries by the central database and to Check existence of UII entries from outside of the central database. This will be used in scenarios where the production of items adn teh generation and of UIIs is outside of the master data system. Business Benefits: Out of the box integration to central UII database. Defense organizations who have the need to support IUID. . Read Equipment master records by UII. The master data can be created including the UII assignment. UII data. This part of the service bundle provides the capability to use enterprise service interfaces fro the creation and maintenance of equipment master records. Pain Points: The Painpoint is to have a reliable service enabled interface for master data maintenance and to have this interface to be capable to suppor IUID.4 Service enabled maintenance of item master data including UII assignment. Business Benefits: Out of the box master data maintenance for serialized items incl. To Change UII entries.

. The specific functions which are supported are : Send Purchase order from customers and create sales order at the supplier. UII information. Class/Level of Innovation: ESOA / New Capability Description: The IUID relevance of a purchasing process can be defined in cotratcs and purchase orders. These B2B Services already exist and are enhanced either by the UII information or by a flag on item level which transports the information that a UII is required. In this way.0 (SAP ICH is now known as SAP Supply Network Collaboration or SAP SNC). Target Group: First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. This part of the service bundle provides the capability to communicate the IUID relevance between customer and supplier and to send UIIs within the ASN (advanced shipping notification. Send ASN (Advanced Shipping Notification) incl. Pain Points: Electronic data interchange between customer and supplier is a vital part of a purchasing and sales business process. Change Sales order based on Purchase Order Change. The B2B integration between systems is performed using enterprise services.1 Supplier Collaboration for Supply Chain Management (BF: ES Bundle: Supplier Collaboration for Supply Chain Management v3 - EhP: 4) Description: This ES bundle focuses on the supplier collaboration functionality delivered with SAP ICH 5. These communication interfaces are enabled to support IUID. smaller suppliers without specialized EDI infrastructures can integrate into the supply network by setting up web access to SAP ICH in their software landscapes. Business Benefits: Out of the box customer supplier communication which is based on enterprise services and supports IUID. assigned and delivered ogether with every single item is defined on purchase oder item level.15 Transportation Management 11.14.5 Customer-Supplier communication supporting IUID specific communication. Defense organizations who have the need to support IUID. 11.2. you can cooperate with suppliers of all sizes to reduce transactional costs by replacing fax and email as primary modes of communication.15. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 324 11. The fact that a specific material which is purchased from a specific supplier shall be IUID managed and therefor a UII is required to be generated. With supplier collaboration processes.

You can deploy SAP ICH as a standalone application or further integrate it with SAP or non-SAP back-end solutions on the customer and supplier sides using the delivered enterprise services. . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 325 All they need is Internet access and web browsers.

continuous or discrete production environment.EhP: 4) Description: The Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems ES bundle (IMES) offers a way to synchronize manufacturing-related master data and transactional data between SAP ERP 6. such as creation. and so on.End-to-end batch traceability to cover a complete supply chain view including. This can also be combined with appropriate data on equipment from real-time data systems. Early Adopters: All manufacturing industries (especially process and discrete) and repetitive manufacturing. chemicals. but not limited to various stages. Batch tracking information is coordinated with plant inventory.Enhances plant visibility and enables faster decision making 12. and so on .1. Examples: pharmaceuticals. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 326 12 Product Development and Manufacturing 12. the Batch Tracing can also be achieved beyond company boundaries. consumption.Top-down and button-up analysis from a single cockpit . .2 Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems (BF: ES Bundle: Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems v3 .0 and shop floor systems. which uses batch-oriented processes. Headline: Simplify and Streamline the Batch Analysis and Genealogy Process Business Benefits: . production. This gives the enterprise a real-time view of production processes occurring at manufacturing locations that may be spread across the globe.Enables businesses and plant personnel to analyze and find the root cause of the faulty materials in these product across the entire supply chain quickly and easily .EhP: 4) Description: This ES Bundle addresses the tracking of batches / lots of material through process. delivery.1.1 <general> 12.1 Batch Traceability & Analytics (BF: ES Bundle: Batch Traceability & Analytics v3 . laboratory analyses and inventory movement information to provide powerful lot genealogy reports. life sciences. With the help of this bundle.

1. in the area of product development and design.. . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 327 The important topics for EhP4 deliverables are the followings: .Confirm multi-item order (Mill).Standard interface for SAP ERP to enable integration of shop floor with the business planning system.Facilitates the usage of mySAP PLM as data backbone for business processes.Eliminate the need to build and maintain custom connectors to SAP Manufacturing processes.3 PLM Connectivity (BF: ES Bundle: PLM Connectivity . . which include Non- SAP applications. Business Benefits: . Early Adopters: All Manufacturers who use SAP ERP for business and production planning.Enable easy development of Manufacturing Composite Applications .Automotive Production Back flush processing. but use third party shop floor application to execute the production orders.Configuration (ADMEC). Headline: Overcome the disconnect between The Top Floor and The Shop Floor.Allows the finding of mySAP PLM objects and the retrieval of detailed information mySAP PLM through Enterprise Services. . Such manufacturers perpetually face the problem of inavailability of standard connectivity between the planning systesms(SAP ERP) and the shop floor applications.. .0 and shop floors systems. . .. Class/Level of Innovation: / 12. This ES bundle enables standard connectivity between SAP ERP and Manufacturing Execution Systems at shop floor.EhP: 4) Description: This ES Bundle supports customers in .MTO/ETO Manufacturing including. . .Offers a way to syncronize manufacturing related master and transactional data between SAP ERP 6.

This allows to integrate/build ISV and custom applications for product selection/guided selling. SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 328 13 Sales and Service 13.2.and industry-specific composite applications for order entry and status tracking. The ES bundle enables customers and partners to build individual composite applications for quote/order processing for configurable products. 13.0 after market sales and service covering customer service and support. Sales Order. It facilitates and extends the usage of SAP Service and Asset Management as the solution for processing service requests.EhP: 4) Description: This ES bundle provides enterprise services in the area of SAP ERP 6. 13. 13. product. and Customer Invoice.3 Sales Order Management 13. Further this ES bundle contains services to access documents in Technical Document Management Connectivity. graphical configuration. service orders and service contracts along with installed base information. Outbound Delivery.2 Quote to Order for Configurable Products (BF: ES Bundle: Quote to Order for Configurable Products v2 .EhP: 4) Description: This ES bundle provides enterprise services in the ERP area of quote and order and related documents. Customer Quote. Proof of Delivery. It is an extension of the ES bundle Order to Cash add product configuration data to existing/planned services for quote and order. quote and order processing (i. This ES bundle allows companies to integrate customer-facing solutions for order entry by creating customer-.1 Availability Issue Resolution & Backorder Processing (BF: ES Bundle: Availability Issue Resolution & Backorder Processing v2 - EhP: 4) . installed base management.1 Customer Service Execution (BF: ES Bundle: Customer Service Execution v3 .1 Order To Cash (BF: ES Bundle: Order To Cash v3 . Furthermore this ES bundle provides the enterprise services for composite applications to create drawings / output / proposal documents in Technical Document Management Connectivity attached to quote and order. Customer Requirement (ATP Check). ISV/customer specific web-shops) into ERP quote and order processing. and field service. Sales Contracts.1.EhP: 4) Description: Service-enabling around Customer.e.1.3.2 Aftermarket Sales and Service 13.

It provides flexibility in resolving availability issues by different strategies and supports interactive backorder resolution required especially for emergency orders. . SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 329 Description: This ES bundle enables companies to improve substantially their order fulfillment and overall service level.